Konig des Menschen VI (Archive 3)

This is the third archive for Konig des Menschen Chapter VI.

Mod Events

 * The Last Roman (Final): Constantine XI Romulus Hesperios' life has led up to this moment. In 1450, he chose the more experienced troops of Constantinople to become part of a renewed "Palatina" Guard, the Roman branch of the Paladins. Faced with Iskendir II's coronation in 1452 and the imminent threat of the Atoumans, Constantine sets out to recruit as many volunteers as he can in a city that is reduced to 50,000 people. In 1450, Constantinople had 1,500 troops, by the time of 1453 it had 5,000 troops along with 2,000 foreigners. Constantine desperately led troops in Constantinople, giving a speech, and attempted to mount a counterattack once the enemy troops broke through the walls. The last time the troops saw him was his final charge against enemy lines, never to be seen again. Though, one of his last words to his troops are; "I'll be back." causing new rumors of Constantine being sealed in marble, waiting for the city to be retaken someday for his rise, like a phoenix. The Marble Phoenix.
 * Terror of the White Raven (Part 9): Morgan had once lived a quiet life, his child, Frederique, had taken an interest in adventuring after hearing about Knight-errants, traveling knights and adventurers who poses as them. Meanwhile, his son Noel became interested in collecting foreign currency and trade. In 1452, he heard of Constantine, his former apprentice, and his cries for help against the forces of Iskendir II. Morgan, still believing in the cause of Paladins where they would go far for any other Paladin and common folk, traveled to Constantinople. He arrived with a group of Paladins he took command during the trip. When he saw how far Constantine went, he felt pride for the man who was once a young boy. By 1453, Morgan now 70 years old, became humbled by his experiences in both military and life. He had set out to become Fiete's apprentice, an impressionable boy. He left her, disappointed that she did not accept what he became. He went to France and founded the Paladins, determined to set up a new beginning of protection and hope for the people. He became exhausted from his experiences of war, got married and retired. He have heard the calls for one last trip, he took it, determined to uphold his ideals. In May 29th, Morgan did not want for those who grew to care about in Orleans, the closest to what he call his trustworthy allies, maybe even friends, to die. His fate was changed when someone named Maeve bonked him on the head and escaped Constantinople with his unconscious body. Post-siege, he was devastated to learn that he was unable to save more people, and even the "death" of his former apprentice Constantine XI. His objective? To protect the knowledge of Constantinople and spread it throughout the world, starting with Italy. Morgan, one of the few surviving commanders of the city, he decided to protect Plethon, the carrier of knowledge, to Italy before the knowledge becomes lost forever.
 * Fall of Constantinople: Over the last few decades, the Atoumans slowly consumed Byzantine territory, gobbling up city by city, converting each to the Arzhamic faith. This had coalesced to 1453, when Atouman forces, led by Iskendir II (or Iskendin II, not to be confused with Iskandar, Alexander the Great’s eastern name), besieged the great ancient city of Constantinople. The Byzantine Empire, the last bastion of the old Rome, sent out calls for help through Christian Europe, begging for the people they protected from the Arzhamic invasion of Europe to be repaid. They even sent diplomats and recruiters to post to quest boards. Many monarchies have ignored their cries for help, instead opting to deal with their own problems. It is though the Roman Empire would be left to die on its own. But suddenly mercenaries, adventurers, and organizations answered their call. Arriving in the thousands, among them were people like Maeve, along with some mysterious figures, Castor Adapoulos, Hanzila Suazo, Justina Appolyonis, etc. Some of them were even veterans of the Siege of Orleans. Giovanni Giustinani, the leader of the Holy Italia Order, the Italian Branch of the Roundtable, had led forces in the southern wall. Morgan de Noyon, the former leader of the Paladins, came out of retirement to lead the Paladin forces of Constantinople. Both friend and foe had lain down their arms, seeing the Atouman threat as something greater than all of them. The Siege of Constantinople lasted for roughly 53 days, nearly 2 months, before it finally fell under enemy hands. Many historians would disagree with the figures on both sides. But it is generally agreed that the Byzantine Roman forces had about 7,000 men at the beginning of the siege. Despite having been outnumbered, the Romans held out until May 29, 1453. The city has fallen, and 20,000 people were taken as captives or slaves. Even Iskendir II was saddened by the destruction of the city.
 * Birth of a Genius: In 1452, a great mind has been born somewhere around Florence, Italy. Historians would put the genius, inventor, and artist under name Leonardo Da Vinci! So long as the genius is alive, what marvels could be produced from the mind of this newborn?
 * The Re-Reconquista: Despite the joint Castilian-Valcan efforts, Mauretanian forces captured Granada, Cordoba and Murcia. A breakthrough, however, was found near Sevilla, which was promptly retaken.
 * The Regent of Eskos: Janos Hunyadi was elected Sole Regent of Eskos in early 1450, further cementing his position in Eskosian politics.
 * The Drought of One Rabbit: A drought occured in the Aztec Empire in the year 1454, leading to what is known as the "curse of the Rabbit".
 * The Empire's Power Struggle: Westria's unjustified asking of forces to help in their war against Naples and the long standing rigid power dynamic between the Emperor and influential Princes within the Holy Roman Empire. Some Princes have began meetings in secret in order to pick out a candidate to usurp the throne and defy Westria's reign. Time will tell who the candidate is and whether the scheme will succeed.
 * The Ambrosian Republic (2/2): Venice attempted to peace out with the Republic early as a Sforza-held Milan would cause problems for their interests. Despite their attempts, the city of Milan surrendered to Francesco Sforza in February 1450 after a coup in the city killed the Venetian ambassador. He secured popular support in the now-reinstated Duchy of Milan, however he would remain at war with Venice for some time.


 * Siege of Croia: A force of Atouman forces surrounded the fort of Croia in mid-1450 with 100 thousand man ordered to take the city. Under the command of Skanderbeg, around 12 thousand Castryans were able to repel the advances in November of the same year.


 * Dum Diversas: A papal bull issued in 1452 authorised the subjugation of heretics and pagans and consigning them to "perpetual servitude". A following bull in 1454 grants the King of Agousta dominion over lands south of Cape Bojador.
 * Eruption of Kuwae: An eruption of the volcano Kuwae in Vanuatu released a major amount of sulfate, leading to a global cooling effect.
 * Thirteen Years' War: King Mavlet of Avaria married a prominent noble of the Prussian Confederation, and using that as leverage, the Confederation asked Avaria to become their protector instead of the Teutonic Order. With Mavlet's assent, a state of war broke out between supporters of the Confederation, backed by Avaria, and forces of the Teutonic Order.
 * The Printing Press: Johannes Gutenberg's printing press has opened a commercial operation in the city of Mainz, and in 1455 has started printing the first documents with dates.

NPC Events

 * Kemahana: Akecheta starts conducting raids on the Loyalist faction, while the Zuni clans use the unrest to revolt against the state. On the other side,Comanche and Apache horsemen are also noted to have joined against the Askokwin side.
 * Njoany Natives: The negotiation continues, with terms being delivered back and forth, the natives are willing to become part of Imerina should they keep up to their promises of autonomy, and now asks Imerina to confirm to make the integration official
 * Wu: Despite the incident in the past, most officials were willing to look past it as an "accident" and accepts Nihon's signals of friendship and compensation.
 * Mecklenburg: They accept the alliance, but may look to abandon Munich should the bond prove to be more costly than it is worth.
 * Naples: Despite difficulties, they managed to repel the Westrian military incursion.

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Langa
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 84 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 7 600
 * Rural regions: ca 76 400
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Māori Mythology
 * Wars and Conflicts:Invasion of fiji islands.PNG
 * Western Island: If they don't accept our offer to join Tonga we send a naval invasion of the island of vanua Levu (fiji). Sending 80% (672) of our Military to the eastern coast, making a landing and fighting off any resistance moving to the west.
 * Military: 1% 840
 * 5 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 298 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 237 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 227 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 73 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Eastern islands.PNGNavy:
 * 164 fishing ships
 * 68 travel boats (traveling between the islands)
 * 16 exploration boats.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Islands to the east: We offer you a chance to join Tonga.
 * Island of Vanua Levu: We offer you this chance to join our glorious nation of Tonga. if they don't accept, check "Wars and Conflicts"!!!)
 * Events:

Lepai Confederacy

 * Government: Tribal Confederation
 * Binanit’a’i (Lepai Loyalists): Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní (1426-1454)
 * Aghá'łíí (Indé Agallate): Tłá'í'ez (1448-)
 * Chieftain (Zuni): Sowa Wattsida (1450-)
 * Chieftain (Nuwu Chiefdom): Yarateeba (1450-)


 * Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy
 * Capital (Loyalists): Tota' Haal'a (Farmington)
 * Capital (Inde Agallate): Tsétáłkáá


 * Demographics:
 * Population Density: 0.25/km2


 * Population: 63,000
 * Tota' Haal'a: 2,850
 * Ni Alnii’gi: 200
 * Tsétáłkáá: 1100
 * Oraibi: 1300
 * Dziłghą́’í: 1,900


 * Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné.
 * Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
 * Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
 * Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai.
 * Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples.
 * Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.


 * Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
 * Puebloan Religions:
 * Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
 * Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
 * Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
 * Lepai Religion:
 * Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry.
 * Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north.
 * Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé.
 * Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.


 * Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,000 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
 * Wars and Conflicts: See the events section as well
 * Lepai Civil War: Lepai_1555.png
 * Nuwu Chiefdom: Fighting against the Lepai Loyalists
 * Indé Agallate: Fighting against the Askokwins and the Lepai Loyalists and Zuni’
 * Siege of Tsétáłkáá: 2,200 men are sent to siege Tsétáłkáá.
 * Further Expansion: Another 900 men are sent to sweep up the surrounding areas.
 * Zuni: Fighting against the Lepai Loyalists and Indé.
 * Siege of Oraibi: 1,500 men are sent to attack Oraibi
 * Invasion of the Hopi: 1,000 men are sent to subdue the Hopi
 * Lepai Loyalists: Fighting against Nuwu, Indé, Zuni and Askokwins.
 * Siege of Oraibi: 1,500 men are sent to capture Oraibi
 * Siege of Wakiigi: 3,500 men are sent to siege Wakiigi
 * March to Dilyacoma: 3,300 men are sent to attack Dilyacoma, with 200 serving as a garrison in Wakiigi.
 * Mountain Front: 500 men are in the mountains, defending against an Askokwin attack.
 * Events:
 * Declaration of War:  Hearing the plea of the Kemahanans, Hastiin declares war on the Askokwins. However, when learning that they burnt all land around Dilyacoma, Hastiin flies into a rage, and immediately allocates immense amounts of resources to the war effort. This results in him being underprepared for the Civil War about to occur.
 * Capture of Wakiigi: In November 1453, Wakiigi is captured by Lepai forces after a 2 month siege. After camping there for the winter, they march north with 3,300 men to attack Dilyacoma.
 * Zuni Revolt: Hearing of the Declaration of War, the Zuni and affiliated clans rise up and rebel. They soon subdue the Hopi, and lay Siege to Oraibi. 1,500 men are sent to relieve the city, but it’s all for naught, as the city is already captured by the time the Zuni take it. As of 1454, 1400 men are fighting against a Zuni force of 1,300 in Oraibi, as the other 1,400 Zuni conquer other territories.
 * First Council Meeting: The first council meeting of the Zuni consisted of 9 clan heads, along with Sowa Wattsida, the man himself. Discussions include; the capital of this new state, foreign policy, where to invade, and general war plans.
 * Apache Intervention:  The Apache, sent to attack the Askokwins in Kemahana, get a bit cocky, deciding to invade Lepai under their leader, Tłá'í'ez. A handsome and dashing man of 28 years, Tłá'í'ez was elected to be the Horse-Lord of the Apache in the campaign against the Askokwins, and now, Lepai. They capture Tsétáłkáá in 1443, making it their capital, officially cementing their place in the Lepai Civil War. With their innate knowledge of Horse-Archery and other similar methods of fighting on horseback, they quickly overrun the overextended Lepai Forces. However, the desert and mountains serve as a shield for the Lepai core in Tota’ Haal’a
 * Religious War: Conflict breaks out between Pahanaists and Anti-Pahanists in Tota’ Haal’a. It settles down after a few days, but 2 blocks of the city are destroyed. Many wonder if the 2 religions can be reconciled.
 * Nuwu Chiefdom: After a small rebellion, the recently conquered Mojave and Yavapai are forced to leave their homeland by a force of 1,500 Zuni and Loyalists. After being deported to the Gulf of California, they ally with the Cocopan, Kawaiisu, and Quechan peoples to form the Nuwu Chiefdom. They, with 1,000 troops, invade Lepai, recapturing their lands, and even pushing into the lands of the Havasupai and the Walapai. Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní considers peacing out with them, but more pressing matters are at hand.
 * Bribing the Apache: The Zuni bribe the Apache with Turquoise to let them stay in the Rio Grande. However, this ultimately fails, as the Apache take the Turquoise and still attack them. However, the Apache leaders had to discuss the merits of attacking the Zuni, which bought the Zuni time. Some War Chiefs weren’t so keen on the idea of attacking them, meaning only a few raids occurred from the Apache to the Zuni.
 * Assasinination Attempt: In December of 1454, a group of a dozen assassins snuck into the royal palace, attempting to assassinate Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní. Though they failed at killing him, due to general ineptitude and the plethora of booby traps, Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní tripped down the stairs in a panic, resulting in him being paralyzed from the neck down. Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní is made Primary Binanit’a’i, and a general by the name of Tábąąh Dlǫ́ʼii is made Secondary Binanit’a’i. The heir is Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní’s son, a young man named Łį́į́łigaii who is of 28 years of age.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Zuni Diplomacy:
 * Askokwins: We got you, fam
 * Loyalist Diplomacy:
 * Kemahanan Loyalists: We got you, fam
 * Indé Diplomacy:
 * Loyalists: We got you, fam.

Wanka Empire

 * Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * Monarch:
 * Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
 * Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
 * Interim (1434 - 1438)
 * Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
 * Pachacuti (r. 1438 - present) (b. 1409)
 * Heir: Pachacuti (II) (b. 1439)
 * Pretenders: N/A
 * Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
 * Capital: Wankapampa
 * Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place that the then-ruler of Wanka, Nayaraq had thought about, believing that gold and silver that came from the mines needs to be hidden from the eyes of enemies. A centralised planned economy is underway. Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 520,000
 * Wankapampa: 11,700
 * Lima: 6,800
 * Ica: 1,300
 * Nazca: 7,800
 * Qusqu: 15,000
 * Abancay: 2,000
 * Orcopampa: 1,800
 * Culture: 100% Quechua/Chirip (...unless you want to subdivide the groups further down)
 * Religion: 100% Inca pantheon
 * Military:
 * 170 elite warriors
 * 1430 spearmen
 * 800 slingers
 * 800 archers (bow & arrow ranged infantry essentially)
 * 2000 axemen/clubmen
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Omaguacua, Chara and Colla: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti (Part 3): Pachacuti's conquests in the name of Wanka have continued into the 1450s. After subjugating Cuzco, new fresh recruits and men from Cuzco and the heart of his empire were joined to unite the mountains in the name of Inti, as Pachacuti claimed. The capital is at risk of capitulating, given the location, so 140 of the 170 elite warriors and 1500 men were sent back to the homeland of the Wanka people to defend from the northern people. Pachacuti's loyal general during the conquest of Cuzco was ordered to stay put until Pachacuti returns from his conquests of the southern kingdoms. This time, he targeted the three southern kingdoms, Omaguacua, Chara and Colla. With the morale of the Wanka Empire not wavering, these kingdoms will soon collapse fairly rapidly. Omaguacua was easy to capitulate given larger number of men that Pachacuti had mustered after the conquest of Cuzco, but the battle is still on to reach the southernmost kingdoms, including the Kunza, Pacajes and Charca, maybe even the southernmost kingdom will soon fall.
 * Gold and Taxes: As the empire grows, Pachacuti's settlement that he is constructing (basically Machu Picchu is me failing to do Paititi while also piggybacking on a real-life place) is going to be the centre of trade and gold. He wanted gold and silver to flow into the settlement. So on 1453, Pachacuti sent out messengers to begin a mining tax, where the workers have to give 60% of their work towards the city, which will be painted with gold and silver, a city that bows before the gods of the Quechua peoples. Even though the bartering economy is and will be a thing up until Europeans arriving in the New World, Pachacuti will have a throne filled with riches, sealed away from the world.
 * Script Stealing (Part 1): Development of the Incan script (surprisingly in OTL, the Incans never developed a written script or something that resembles one, like pictographs) began mysteriously around 1450 approximately. Some say it is coincidentally similar to the Jahulhets script in the east (technically they wouldn't have known it or just be a mythical tale at the time), but it is thought that Pachacuti wanted his legacy to be remembered not by bones, shrines and buildings that he ordered to commission, but to be remembered for generations outside of words and buildings he built. It is not popular but it is gaining traction somehow in Cuzco and Wankapampa among the few priests and elders there.
 * The Spot for a New Settlement (Part 2; repeat): The gold settlement that Pachacuti wanted, is in the Kingdom of Cuzco. He found a suitable spot of an ongoing settlement being built, which had been delayed from the war against Cuzco. He ordered that this settlement to resume its building. That settlement would be Machu Picchu. It will take for over 20 years before the whole thing comes into realisation. (so far, this is 25% complete)

Kingdom of Ghana

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * King: Mabo
 * Dynasty: Gase
 * Economy: Base on agriculture, gold mining and trading with other western African nations.
 * Capital: Niani
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~170,000 (91% Ghanan, 6% Galatoi, 3% Other)
 * Religion: 57%Ateuritism, 44%Traditional Ghanan belief, 1%other
 * Wars and Conflicts: N/A
 * Military: ~1% of population
 * 650 Spearmen
 * 450 Swordmen
 * 300 Bowmen
 * 200 Garrisons
 * Diplomacy:
 * Djenne: We need your help to stop terror of Aretis-Songhai, not now but, soon they will attack us, which will be our chance to stop it once and for all!
 * Galatoi: We should ask white men to the north to help us fight.
 * Events:
 * Another white men: There are rumors that white men settle to the north-east of Aretis-Songhai. We try to contact with them. And ask them to help us fight Aretis-Songhai.

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Empress: Uchiha Tomoko
 * Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
 * Taisho: Kanzaki Izuku
 * Speaker of the National Convention: Mori Kyoko
 * Economy:
 * The Build-up: Pursuance of the Empress' goal leads there to be a massive construction of standard and light vessels for the carrying of cargo; but even more than that, the loss of many major roads that are now irreperable due to the lack of the engineering corp so critical to building them spurs a re-investment into naval affairs. Kangeinoshima benefits from the bulk of this, but this also assists the large-scale financial recovery of port cities like Kobe or Edo; helping to reconnect Nihon once again.
 * Recovery: Recovery itself continues at a steady pace, with the Tohoku Convention finally approving amongst themselves the restoration of the three major roads connecting the region. Similarly, the Chugoku Convention approves a similar restoration programme as well as connecting up major Daimyo capitals. These help to spur the economy, but more importantly, allow for peasants to once again access larger markets, spurring economic growth that may be the key to Nihon's success.
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 14,570,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population: 1,900,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population: 13,110,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeinoshima)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * N.A
 * Army:
 * Horses [10,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [38,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [49,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [9,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [8,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [21,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
 * Midoriya Kaitou: in charge of the planning of the army and navy, particularly with regards to logistics; all supply convoys answer to him
 * Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [37]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [16]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [112]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [16]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 36,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet [on mission]
 * Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Defence Fleets
 * Diplomacy: 
 * N.A
 * Events:
 * Reconcilliation of the Houses [3]:
 * A Meeting in Kyoto - Autumn 1452: As Bakushi Yona and Seishiro Kirie finally leave the political spotlight, putting the foremost members of the Outcasts out of the picture, Mori goes to meet with the Empress privately on the authority granted to her as speaker. The Empress, attempting to complete a political marriage and get a heir, takes this as an opportunity to seize the political spotlight and finally end the saga of the Civil War - when Mori asks for reforms to the Convention system, Empress Uchiha not only agrees but assembles together a group of advisors who will assist in those reforms. This is a political play - not only does it show a sign of unity, but also publicly removes Daimyo in Shikoku who had grown to dissent her and instead show greater adherence to the Shrine than Kyoto; fundamentally redefining the political landscape on terms she is very, very comfortable with. But not is all well, and the saga has yet to end - for the scars of the past never seem to heal.
 * Yet Another Murder - Winter 1452: This time, it is unignorable. The death of Yonekura Mirio, an attendant to the local regent in Kyoto, sparks discussion - especially since the murder occurred but metres away from where the two were meeting. Mori and Uchiha agree to finally put a rest to the murders that once began a war and figure out who is behind what - putting their collective personal resources on the line to finally end the question: Who killed Kaito Minamoto? Their efforts notwithstanding, evidence and leads are slow to turn up - much having been destroyed in the riots which enveloped Kyoto - but they eventually discover several things. First, that Minamoto had been secretly meeting a geisha in an underground theatre for months, second, that Himiko San-nin patronised that theatre, and third - that the geisha lifestyle is very alive, thousands of Nihonese women still participating in something that Empress-Shogun Gozen outlawed almost two hundred years ago out of sheer disgust. It's not smooth sailing, though...
 * An Attempt on the Empress - Summer 1454: Poison is found in the Empress' alcohol by Mori when she places a silver stick inside the drink by accident. Poison is later detected in every single drink served to them, thus leading to the purging of the staff of the Imperial Palace but also a public decree that the 'conspirators' will be put down with 'maximum force'. This investigation cannot stop - something is behind this all, and it must be discovered.
 * A Split in the Union [1] - Summer 1453: Kangeinoshima's performance at the Fifth meeting of the National Convention is... controversial, to say the least. Its delegates' refusal to speak to other Convention leaders leads some to accuse the island of attempting to supersede the authority of the Empress, but its leverage is widening. Kangeinoshima is single-handedly carrying a third of the Nihonese economy all on its back, and the strain is showing - thousands from Wu and Nihon and Syonan show up on its shores attempting to chase the riches. This leads to the local assembly deciding to limit the amount of traders and migrants that can arrive per year - capping all equally, including other Nihonese - it only raises tensions regarding the actions the Convention is taking. This island's history has not always been intertwined with Nihon, and the cracks are forming...
 * National Convention:
 * Fifth Meeting - Kyoto: No bills passed.

The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Diarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Pendragon: Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - )
 * Son: Gawain (M, b. 1447 - )
 * Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1453 - )
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - )
 * Sister: Aurelia (F, b. 1399 - )
 * Mordue: Lionel (M, b. 1388 - ) (Reign: 1430 - )
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - )
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - )
 * Casimir (M, b. 1452 - )
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - )
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Events Deceased Log
 * Population:
 * British Isles: 4.2 million
 * France: 6.5 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Wars and Conflicts
 * Internal Divide: With the main advisor of both families sowing seeds of destruction into the royal families, the stage is slowly being set for a large conflict to come.
 * Armed Forces
 * Total: 287,000 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 225,000
 * British Defense Force: 64,000
 * A home defense force in case of invasion from a foreign power.
 * Rough numbers:
 * Frontline Infantry: 15,000
 * Longbow Archers: 15,000
 * Arquebusiers: 3,000
 * Light Cavalry: 14,000
 * Bow Cavalry: 3,720
 * Field Artillerymen: 1,800 (4 people per artillery piece)
 * Logistical Support: 15,000
 * French Defense Force: 153,000
 * Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
 * Rough Numbers:
 * Frontline Infantry: 15,000
 * Arquebusiers: 28,000
 * Dual-purpose Infantry: 35,000
 * Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
 * Longbow Archers: 25,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
 * Field Artillerymen: 7,200
 * Field cannons: 5,000
 * Logistical Support: 26,000
 * Consists of a plethora of dual-purpose infantrymen, able to use both crossbows and swords in combat, in addition to longbowmen and heavy cavalry.
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * (Most of) Pendragon Family
 * (Most of) Mordue Family
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 64,000
 * Naval Vessels:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: These ships are larger than the current English mainline warship, though the size was originally drafted to be capable of storing more produce and supplies within. However, with the increase in piracy in the Mediterranean, and the English’s interests in the area, these Merchant Cogs see an increase in armament, with prototype naval cannons being mounted onboard
 * Number in possession: 70
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: These ships that came before the Ship-of-the-Lines. In essence, these ships had state-of-the-art hull designs with “primitive” armament; the English longbow.
 * Number in possession: 20
 * Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
 * Naval Vessels: British Naval Engineers begin to look beyond the horizon, and decide to go bigger. With permission from the crown, they begin drafting designs and small models of ships the world has never seen before. More than twice the size of their Warcogs, these new ocean-capable cogs are thought to be able to have enough cargo space to embark on long journeys around the globe with enough cannons to deter even the bravest of pirates. However, these are but claims of the future, with all that exists by 1450 are small wooden models of prototypes of what will be soon to come.
 * Arquebusiers: The defensive capabilities of the arquebus was seen at the Battle of Orleans, when they inflicted heavy casualties on the French crossing the river. As such, The British use the ceasefire to re-equip and retrain their infantry to these new weapons.
 * 5,000 Dual-purpose infantry converted to arquebusiers
 * 2,000 field artillerymen
 * 100 Roundtable Knights
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * None.
 * Cracks are Forming (Part Four): Tensions begin to rise between the two families, with the Mordues and Pendragons only really conversing with one another on foreign problems. The two heads now bicker more with each other than get actual things done, leaving provinces such as British France to the regional commanders to ensure the French do not try to invade the British territory.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429): Slain by Joan of Arc
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Perished on the frontlines
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431, burnt at the stake)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)

Principality of Munich

 * Government: Feudal Diarchy
 * Prince: Karl I Welf (b. 1407, r. 1418-1451) Alexandra I Welf (b. 1410, r. 1451-)
 * Princess: Margaret I Schwerin (b. 1414, r. 1436-)
 * Sucession Law: The eldest couple of heirs will become the rulers, except if first born of one or both of the rulers, gender does not matter
 * Heirs:
 * Marie Welf-Schwerin (b. 1436)
 * Aische Schwerin (b. 1415)
 * Petra Welf (b. 1420)
 * Alexios of Tsakonia (b. 1430)
 * Offices:
 * Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
 * Royal Tutor: Peter of Ingolstadt
 * Marshal: Alexios of Tsakonia
 * Master of the Guard: Vladimir of Rosenheim
 * High Priest: Franz of Rosenheim
 * Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich
 * Court Jester: Hans the Dwarf of Munich
 * Steward: Aische Schwerin
 * Physician: Ernst of Dachau
 * Spymaster: Johan of Ingolstadt
 * Court Chaplain: Sigfrid the Chaste Schwerin
 * Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
 * Capital: Munich
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 270,000
 * Ethnicities: 92% German, 8% other
 * Religion: Catholic
 * City Population:
 * Munich: 40,000
 * Rosenheim: 20,000
 * Ingolstadt: 15,000
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * Death of a Prince: Karl I Welf has died, succumbing after a year long struggle with dysentery, being suceeded by Alexandra Welf
 * Arrival of a Warrior: Alexios of Tsakonia, a supposed survivor from the Siege of Constantinople arrives to Rosenheim, earning his way through the military ranks, eventually becoming the Marshal of Munich in 1454 and suggesting to export our armies for mercenary use
 * New Master of the Guard: after Alexandra Welf was crowned princess, she resigned as Master of the Guard, making a deal with Vladimir of Rosenheim to add him to the succession line, giving him the charge of the Immortals
 * Diplomacy:
 * Valcanor: we offer the service of the First Division for hire at an affordable price, with the condition that they keep 2/3 of the bounty they sack
 * Mecklenburg: we send a delegation with gold and a couple arquebuses to secure the alliance between our nations
 * Army:
 * Immortals: 1000
 * Leader: Vladimir of Rosenheim
 * 200 heavy knights
 * 100 horse archers
 * 300 heavy halberdmen
 * 100 arquebuses
 * 50 hand culverins
 * 250 hand cannons
 * First Division: 5000 (+1200)
 * General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope
 * 1000 light cavalrymen
 * 1000 light halberdmen
 * 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
 * 400 crossbowmen
 * 1000 archers
 * 200 longbowmen
 * 400 horse archers
 * Support Units:
 * 400 supply carts
 * Artillery and Siege Equipment: 800
 * 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
 * 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
 * 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
 * 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
 * 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
 * 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)

Kingdom of Castille and Leon

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (King): John II (1406-1454) Henry IV (1454 -)
 * Economy: The economy is running quite well, the union helps strengthen the economic ties between the different kingdoms and the Beso is being used commonly in the large cities, assisted by the Banco Real, however, the commoners have much less to enjoy, with trade varying widly from village to village, and the feudal system obstructs almost all social mobility.
 * Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Granada, Agousta          Secret Anti-Valcanor Alliance: Castille-Leon, Naples
 * Capital: Madrid
 * Demographics
 * Population - 5,250,356
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 6% Arzham 1% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 275,000
 * Toledo - 251,000
 * Cordoba - 265,000
 * Burgos - 175,000
 * Leon-  205,00
 * La Coruna - 105,000
 * Oviedo - 157,000
 * Rural - 3,113,00
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 250,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 20,000
 * Garofe - 30,000
 * Malaga - 20,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Military - 260,000
 * Archers - 190,000
 * Cavalry - 15,000
 * Heavy - 4,750
 * Light - 3,350
 * Super Light - 2,150
 * Standard Knights - 10,250
 * Pikemen - 23,500
 * Men at Arms - 27,250
 * Arquebusers - 32,000
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 150
 * Ballista - 130
 * Cannons - 200
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 150
 * Converted Merchant Ships - 100
 * Floating Fortresses - 260
 * Sea Falcons - 270
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * The Naples War - Ships are diverted to the Mauretanian Front, so unfortunately Naples can't get help.
 * Valcanor Front -  We call a truce to fight off the Maurentanian cultists.
 * Mauretanian Front - The Maurentanians have advanced far, but now they are overstretched. 80,000 troops strike at their line of retreat from Sevilla, one branch, consisting of 55,000, will strike towards Sevilla, whilst the other, which will be more like a diversion, will move towards Granada. 100,000 troops will advance down the middle, going through Cordoba, to hopefully hurl the Mauretanians back. Another 80,000 will also strike towards them as well. The Castilean Navy will also be blockading the Strait of Gibraltar from the Mauretanians. Our new weapons should work better now that they Maurentanians are overstretched and tired.
 * Diplomacy -​​​​​​
 * Albion -They stop recieving mercs, as now we are at war.
 * Agousta - If we are defeated, you will be next, it would be quite wise if you joined the war and help drive the Mauretanians out.
 * Events
 * New Times, New Routes - Ever since the former Pagan states have been expelled out of the the Peninsula, trade has once again returned to the area, cities like Cordoba and La Coruna grow at high rates, as works of craftmanship, such as rugs and jars pass through from Europa to Africa.
 * Protect the Merchants (Part 9) - The shipyards gain tons of money as 65 Sea Falcons and 45 Floating Fortresses get put on the order.
 * Learning from our Allies (Part 9) - Arquebuses continue seeing high production as our old foe returns.
 * A very loud Bang (Part 8) - Cannons now start to be used normally in formation and battle.
 * Oh Look, an Island! (Part 7) - The people of the Islands find an unusual peace this time, as we are occupied with the war.
 * Securing the Island  - Control loosens a bit over the islands, but they are still run as usual.
 * Succession - Henry IV ascends to the throne of Castile-Leon and Valcanor, he is noted for staying up at very late times to write letters to the governers to raise armies and sometimes commanding them himself.

Kingdom of Osnerol

 * Government: Absolute monarchy
 * King:
 * Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
 * Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
 * Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
 * Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
 * Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - present)
 * Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
 * Parliament: None
 * Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
 * Capital: Monalba
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 391,500 (87% Osnerolese, 5% Taino, 4% Apalachee, 3.5% Creek, 0.5% others)
 * Religion: 96% Osnerolese religion, 4% others
 * Military: 7,830 manpower total
 * Army: 3,800 soldiers
 * Navy: 4,030 sailors (82 ships)
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Apalachee War: More men are recruited to fight the Apalachee. 4,700 men are sent to capture the lower Alabama River, including its mouth. Meanwhile, 18,800 men continue the march northward to conquer the rest of the Apalachee tribes.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Apalachee Tribes: We offer some of them to surrender, with the promise of technological supremacy, mutual prosperity, and protection.
 * Events:
 * Olmec Irredentism (Pt 2): The Olmec irredentist movement is starting to increase among the nobility of Osnerol. The king has begun to notice their call to take back Kemnas Kujub and to bring the Zoque people, their "barbaric" kinsmen, under their banner, though he has not yet taken action.
 * Chinampas: The swamps of inland Florida begin to be drained and dotted with chinampas (Mesoamerican style) in order to make them ripe for settlement and agriculture.

Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana

 * Government: de jure pseudo-feudal monarchy; de facto authoritarian military dictatorship
 * Weroance:
 * Moskatachaw (1384-1421; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Sikankanna (1421-1448; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Thosoye (1448-; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Regent: Wokoto Saashiil
 * Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
 * Capital: Tanacoma
 * Summer Capital: Dilyacoma
 * Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
 * Population: 70,095
 * Tanacoma: 9,000
 * Pocahontocoma: 3,410
 * Utemaca: 2,525
 * Nisinima: 1,395
 * Kanatsasipi: 2,425
 * Iyi Sipi: 2,000
 * Dilyacoma: 2,500
 * Wakiigi: 360
 * Other settled towns and villages: 22,955
 * Nomadic population: 23,525
 * Religion: 37.1% Pocahontist (26,005 ppl), 63.9% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 44,090 ppl)
 * Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
 * Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
 * Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types.
 * Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague.
 * Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
 * Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
 * Ethnicity: 31.5% Wisawen (22,105 ppl), 66.0% Miskawen (46,230 ppl), 2.5% Dinawen (1,760 ppl)
 * Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
 * Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
 * Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). There are a minuscule handful of Askakwen in Kemahana (probably not more than three dozen), mostly being Huastec or Nahua traders from the city of Tamtoc.
 * Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
 * Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
 * Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
 * Kemahanan Military:
 * Loyalist-aligned:
 * Infantry: 1000 (800 reserves)
 * Archers: 750 (700 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1300 (600 reserves)
 * Askokwin-aligned:
 * Infantry: 900 (500 reserves)
 * Archers: 600 (800 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1500 (400 reserves)
 * Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures.
 * The Ginimowin currently have 250 personnel.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai_1555.pnganan Civil War: The Kemahanan Civil War was an internal conflict in Kemahana sparked by tensions between the nobility and the merchant classes of Kemahana, as well as a personal vendetta between the two main leaders of each side; Wokoto Saashiil and Hisinami Atigishaa. Fighting began in July of 1448, after Hisinami Atigishaa and his merchant guild attempted to break off the southern portions of Kemahana into a separate state (known as the Askokwin Republic) in order to protect the rights of the merchant guilds under Wokoto's Regency.
 * Loyalist Actions:
 * March to Dilyacoma: We continue to march to Dilyacoma with half our troops, and we urge our Lepai allies to proceed full speed to Dilyacoma as well.
 * Sieges: We retain a 500-man garrison in Pocahontocoma to defend against further Askokwin aggression, and we keep our pressure on rebel-controlled Utemaca.
 * Askokwin Actions:
 * Siege of Pocahontocoma: With our territory now getting squeezed on two sides, we divert half our soldiers laying siege to Pocahontocoma to more crucial fronts (i.e defending the southern territories from the oppressors.
 * Defend The South: Most of our troops are pulled back to our heartland, to combat Loyalist and Lepai incursion. Our main goal here is to retake the city of Wakiigi, and trap the Lepai and Wokotan army into a pocket, depriving them of supplies and sufficiently starving them out.
 * Bad Horse Lord, Bad!: We throw a bunch of money to the Indé Agallate and the Comanche horse lords in exchange for them stopping their attacks on our territory.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Loyalist Diplomacy:
 * Indé Agallate: Ok please invade the south a bit more  just don't invade us oh god oh fuck OH GOD OH F-
 * Lepai Loyalists: Go on...
 * Comanches: good, continue
 * Askokwin Diplomacy:
 * Comanches, Indé Agallate: please stop bothering us oh god oh fuck ok i'll give you money now go the fuck away
 * Zuni Clans: Let us join together in overthrowing the oppressive, anti-market regimes we were once under! NONE SHALL TREAD ON US!
 * Events:
 * The (Further) Rise of Wokoto Saashiil: With his near-absolute power stranglehold secured amongst the nobility and the royal court, Wokoto Saashiil would begin to cultivate a cult of personality amongst the commonfolk to ensure his total infallibility. Framing the Kemahanan Civil War as a war between moral and righteous tradition and greedy, swindling merchants, as well as promising all sorts of reform and revitalization of the economy and people's living standards, Wokoto would slowly begin winning the hearts and minds of the people.
 * ANY UNPATRIOTIC THOUGHTS ARE BANNED. PRAISE WOKOTO AND ALL HAIL KEMAHANA: In reality, Loyalist Kemahana would grow to become a proto-totalitarian state. The Ginimowin would be retrained to function as Loyalist Kemahana's own secret police, recording every single conversation in public, no matter how innocent or mundane it may be, and weeding out any potential "dangers to the Regency" or "goddamned gold grubbing Askokwin fifth columns" . Anyone caught talking smack about Wokoto's rule would more often than not disappear in the dead of night, never to be seen again.
 * Hang The Traitors, All of Them!: On the express orders of Wokoto himself, all towns and cities with Askokwin sympathies would be razed to the ground, its inhabitants deemed traitors and hanged or simply hacked to death by swords.
 * We Are Not Traitors, We Are Free: Now confronted with the brutal reality of the Kemahanan Civil War and the question of the survival of their own people, the people of the deserts of southern Kemahana would take up arms to defend themselves and their way of life. As the Loyalists murdered entire villages for "treasonous sympathies", the people of Askokia would wake up to their identity. "The South shall not fall silently into the night", they declared. They would fight for every square inch of their land, and if it meant their complete death, so be it.
 * The Prophet of the Fifth Wheel: In the midst of this war, an eccentric man with an eccentric belief would emerge. Slaanéesh Hónághaahnii, the son of Lepai merchants in Tanacoma, but fully raised and immersed in Kemahanan culture, led a relatively normal life as a middle-class urbanite until the winter of 1451, when he would experience a vision. In this vision, he would be taken into the realm of the gods, and forced to watch from the sidelines ad the gods squabbled. Over the next few months, he would continue to have a vision a day, explaining purported "unobjectionable truths bestowed by the gods". He would come to understand that the realm of the gods were not a united whole, but divided into benevolent, kind gods, and malevolent and malicious ones. He would see the full history and future of the world; a world divided into 4 "wheels", or eras, in which we live in the 4th wheel, the "Wheel of Death". He would see that the peoples of the American South and Southwest were of pure, righteous blood, serving the righteous, virtuous gods, and the wickedness of the "fringe peoples", those peoples who lived at the edges of the world and did unholy acts and made barbaric sacrifices to the gods of death and despair. It was upon these heavenly visions that he built the Cult of the Fifth Wheel on. In his mind, the world of his era lived in the Fourth Wheel, an era of misfortune, pestilence, and suffering, and the gods of evil and their "fringe peoples" were the cause of it. Only by killing every single "fringe person" would the world be allowed to pass into the Fifth Wheel, an era of eternal peace, prosperity, and plenty. Although at first laughed off, Slaanéesh Hónághaahnii and his Cult of the Fifth Wheel would begin to quickly gain ground in Loyalist Kemahana over the next few years.

Valcanor

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * King: Henry IV
 * Queen: Princess Lela, 40
 * Others:
 * Princess Selina, 44 (In Westria)
 * Prince Lazaro, 40
 * Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria, 67 (Stepped down)
 * Notable Past Monarchs: Agustin III
 * Economy: With the union with Castile, the Beso begins to be used in Valcan cities. The Valcan Beso is made the official currency of Valcanor, with a conversion rate of 1 to 1 between the Castilian and Valcan Besos.
 * Capital: Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~4,111,463
 * Valencia: 299,625
 * Barcelona: 291,105
 * Perrogo: 249,797
 * Murcia: 104,465
 * Tarragona: 178,700
 * Andorra: 172,653
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~2,816,118
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * 90.6% Spanish (Valencian descent)
 * 1% Spanish (other descent)
 * .6% North African
 * .5% French
 * 5.3% Other
 * Religion:
 * 99.3% Roman Catholic
 * ~.7% Other
 * Military: 61,680 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 11,520 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
 * 10,310 Spearmen
 * 7,410 Cavalrymen
 * 3,745 Knights and Royal Guards
 * 4,050 Heavy Infantry
 * 8,495 Standard Bowmen
 * 7,600 Longbowmen
 * 7,225 Crossbowmen
 * 400 Cannon-men
 * 85 Arquebusiers
 * 860 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
 * 205,575 Reserve Troops
 * 120,00p active
 * 50,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
 * 40,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
 * 30,000 Cavalrymen
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 64 Battering Rams
 * 70 Catapults
 * 50 Trebuchets
 * 5 Siege Towers
 * 60+ Large Cannons
 * 100+ Small Cannons
 * 100 Arquebuses
 * Navy:
 * 86 Transports
 * 70 Cargo Ships
 * 6 Large Transports
 * 120+ Merchant Ships
 * 13 Sea Riders
 * 3 in Biscay fleet, 10 in Mediterranean fleet
 * 10 Naval Kings
 * 2 in Biscay fleet, 8 in Mediterranean fleet
 * Location
 * Mauretanian front: 63.5%
 * Neapolitan front: 35%
 * Westria: ~1.5%

Events:
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sicily-Naples War: The Naval Kings stay in Naples and attack Calabria and Salerno, while the Sea Riders bring troops back and forth from Valcanor, Sicily, and our allies, as well as occasionally pop in to attack Caralis.  That’s got to have fallen by now.  Our forces of 35,000 push towards Taranto, reaching the city outskirts before too long and preparing artillery for a devastating attack. Meanwhile, the remaining 21,500 construct stronger, more permanent defenses. The well-trained, powerful mercenaries arriving from Munich help prepare for the invasion of Taranto.
 * Re-Re-Reconquista: 60,000 men push forwards west of Murcia, a few armed with new Arquebuses. The other 22,000 hold the line north of the city. A naval blockade of three Naval Kings and a ton of other boats keep the Mauretanians away from a naval entry, surrounding the city. 20,700 Valcans continue to destroy and raid Medilla and Orrato, now with extra help from Munich’s soldiers arriving.
 * Holland: Thank you for your kindness. Our ships will leave now, as Spain is once again safe. (Kind of)
 * Munich: We’ll hire your mercenaries for help against Naples and for raiding Mauretania. Half will go to each place.
 * White Traders from Europe, Part 9: The pirate fleets are beginning to crumble now that they lack foreign support. Fleets are captured and ships are kidnapped, with pirates begin sold back to Tlemcen or brought into slavery. Aetesfyre’s harbor area is set ablaze during a battle between Valcan and Genoan ships and pirates, killing many.  Why did I keep this under the same name? They’re not trading anymore.
 * Heir to the Throne, Part 10: With Princess Lela now married and the Queen of Castile-Leon and Valcanor, Prince Larazo’s title as king has been revoked. Having only just heard of his father’s death, Lazaro is furious that the Valcans would accept a deal that put them at a disadvantage. Lazaro declares that he will never return to Valcanor on his own terms and instead will take his army and conquer Naples himself.
 * A Big Bang, Part 7: More Arquebuses are made.
 * Give the North Some Love, Part 5 (Finale): The Northern Valcan fleet returns to San Sebastián, though the city is now Castilian. Though they were able to restock in Holland, many people still died along the way due to sickness, disease, and starvation.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Leon II Hohenstaufen (B 1384 - still alive), (R 1403 - present)
 * Head of the Government: N/A
 * Government: Absolute Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 15,770
 * Konr: Population: 8,915
 * Rich: Population: 10,870
 * Polanum: Population: 12,380
 * Bozn: Population: 14,110
 * Trieste: 12,900
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 1,182,720
 * Total population: 1,237,425
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 95% Westrian, 4% Venetian, 1% others
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * The Naples War: After getting repelled by surprise in Naples we decide to try and invade again with our previous forces and additionaly merceneries if that doesn't work we rather support Valcanor and its allies with material instead not wanting to get in to any combat as the political situation in the Iberian is a bit confusing with Castile-Leon and Valcanor having and truce while still there is fighting in Naples?
 * Chief Commander: Konrad Hiltzen (B 1387 - still alive), (R 1431 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Spearmen: 4,600
 * Swordmen: 2,680
 * Bowmen: 2,810
 * Cavalry: 2,430
 * Crossbowmen: 1,540
 * Merceneries: 10,810
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 12
 * Cog: 12
 * Hoy: 1
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 2
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 50
 * Arquebus: 3
 * Events:
 * Building ships: We continue to build ships.
 * Cannons and more cannons: We have started making cannons aswell wanting to use them against Naples
 * Recruiting: We start to recruit once again but avoid the Styrian area we have to handle them later.
 * Moserhof is built in a smaller town: A traditional inn is built called Moserhof
 * Textile company is built: Lodenwalke Ramsau am Dachstein a textile company in the smaller town of Ramsau am Dachstein is created
 * A resturant in Wien: A resturant have recently opened referred to as Griechenbeisl
 * Diplomacy:

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andrianamponga (B 1427, alive) (R 1447 - Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and basic, small forms of trade have started. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 515 000 total
 * Ambanja: 8 100
 * Mahajanga: 2 400
 * Rural regions: ca 503 000
 * Ethnicities: 99,5% Malagasy (divided into 75% Merina and 25% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 0,5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
 * Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)


 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * N/A
 * Military: Ca 1% of our population is our available manpower that we can deploy for warfare, thus being ca 5 000 man.
 * Deployed units: None
 * 4 000 Spearmen
 * 1 100 Bowmen
 * Navy:
 * 6 transport ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Ahuric Empire: We make contact for the first time, more details in the event.
 * Njoany Natives: Andrianamponga and the Njoany chieftain(s)? meet on the island itself and officially agree to the integration. The Merina also actually write this event and agreement down because, we actually know how to read and write, kind of.
 * Events:
 * Contact with the Adananita: Circa 1448, the northernmost villages spotted strange vessels approaching the coastline of Madagasikara. Stranger people had discovered us and our land. From the first contact we tried to understand eachother to the best of our ability. The Merina manage to understand that they are from the Ahuric Empire (Malagasy: something like Fanjakan'Ahurubo). The most basic contact and such between the Merina and the Adananita (the Adnanites, of which the Ahurics are) have been established. Andrianamponga is skeptical of these new people, we don't know much about them and they wear strange clothes covering most of their body and they travel in large and majestic vessels. They also carry different weapons that we've never seen before. On the other hand, the little brother of Andrianamponga (and currently heir while the king is childless), Andrianamboniravina thinks that this encounter can shape Imerina's future in an amazing way. This disagreement between the brothers lead to a further rift being drawn between them due to Nirinaharifidy, their mother, passing in 1454.
 * Njoany: The island, whilst practically being independent, is under Imerina now for the purposes of being a trading post and to be "run" and protected by an established kingdom.
 * The Start of the Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
 * Warrior Culture: This develops further and (while it doesn't happen much because of their small size and population) Njoany is included in training their young men to be ready as warriors for all of Imerina. Other things that happen is in regard to the development of weapons and their usage. Spears and shields start to be developed on to be more effective and deadly than before and Seme Knives start to see use in combat as a good quick, smaller and deadly sidearm.
 * Mapping out our Realm: The new Sarintany Manontolo (basically means map of everything) is finished in early 1451, just in time for the integration of Njoany which occurred a few months before.
 * Tsilavohery and Rakotomanjato (1): Remaining oral history as well as a few historical records tell of these two people, who are both philosophers, writers and "historians" (as much as you can have one in 15th century Madagascar) and in the service of Andrianamponga by 1453. From the "evidence" that exists in the future the two have known eachother for a very long time, possibly childhood. Point is they are hardworking Haintenist experts in the royal court of the king.

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Aqeel Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: Things are getting tense
 * Population: 7,130,230
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * The Political Upheaval: Fights and violence have increased in severity over the last few years. Over 5,000 people have died in these 3 years, mainly around Ha'il, where fights first broke out. The city was effectively out of control, with Ahuras Sipah securing only a few administrative buildings. Slowly pushing into the city, most Arzhamites have been evacuated and have settled, with governmental aid, further to the north east, in the village of Rafha (new village time). With the Arzhamites evacuated and the soldiers closing in, the city of Ha'il is torched, set aflame, reduced to smithereens. Soldiers have been deployed, but they are not enough to stop a flaming city in the middle of a desert, especially when they have to commit to riot control. A few buildings do survive, but the city is mostly ash-ified. This produces a lot of refugees, most innocent, some not so innocent. A lot of these refugees are relocated to Afif, with the most dangerous elements being shipped off to the Order of Avesta, the island nation developed as a way to get rid of dangerous people. It has become an abused punishment, with the government shipping off most of the zealous zoroastrians because it is simply easier than confronting them.
 * Too Little: The Arzhamites in the north see the situation as unfair. By law, the terrorists should be hanged. While initially when the idea of exiling them on a foreign island seemed reasonable, with the support, shipment and resources being sent to them daily, it has become clear that there is some foul play. Unbeknownst to most people, this is because of the viziers and Hidden Government having sympathies for their cause. With unfetered power, they easily can arrange for the resources and shipments. They initially presented it as a solution to please both sides, but it was only to please themselves without causing outright civil war and getting themselves removed from their positions. With all the explanations out of the way, returning to the Arzhamites, they have small militias in their communities, prepared to defend their livelihoods. Larger cities on the Gerrhan Gulf have prepared their own militias to deal with any uprising. These cities tend to be more peaceful due to the amount of interaction between the Arzhamites and Zoroastrians. The Elamite region is kept under control with the 1st and 2nd Sipah in the region. The situation is tense and can get out of hand any time soon, with one wrong step.
 * Diplomatic Immunity: The Order of Avesta are more like a penal colony gone wrong than a crusader state. As conflict and violence grew in the mainland, more people trickled into the Order. They grew in strength, especially thanks to the resources from the mainland. It came to a head when military ships were being given to the Order. Exactly 10 Harbis and 10 Gharaqs were given, along with many cannons and transport ships. This is considered the transaction that caused popular Arzhamite views on the Order to go from exile to sanctuary. These ships are also the ships used for the first raids of the Order on the Exotic Island of Mer'ana (An error in communication made the Ahurics call Madagascar by a localisation of Imerina). However, the Empire didn't attempt to reign them in because the viziers were concerned that such a move would definetly be political suicide, causing rebellion, the king to return to a much more hands on political position and their corruption being put to display. Thus the Order recieved an effective diplomatic immunity.
 * The Hunting Accident: King Aqeel, King of the Ahuric Empire, the lion of Ahuras, Ruler of Malepdiva and Oman had gone to Duqm for a hunting expedition, a hobby of the king. The King however is no longer as young as he used to be, having aged considerably. He was not as nimble, agile or flexible, and misjudged dismounting from a horse, falling off the horse and recieving a nasty wound. This forced the king to remain in bed, and after some time, remain within the confines of the Empire and capital, rather than on hunting or sailing trips. This is a new development. With the King now in Ahuras, he has a better view on the events unfolding in the Empire. This complicates the situation further, adding another party to the fold: The Arzhamites, The Extremist Zoroastrians, The Viziers and Conservatives, The Reformists and now, the King.
 * Military:
 * Personnel: 80,000
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 3,500
 * Bowmen: 3,500
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 1,500
 * Light Cavalry: 2,500
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Overall: 20,000 Troops
 * 2nd Sipah:
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 3,500
 * Bowmen: 3,500
 * Fire Lancers: 393
 * Crossbowmen: 1,500
 * Light Cavalry: 2,500
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Overall: 20,001 Troops
 * 3rd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 8,110 Troops
 * Ahuras Sipah:
 * Spearmen: 3,000
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Bowmen: 1,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 750
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 15
 * Overall: 10,375 Troops
 * Patrols:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 80
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Luluah Fleet:
 * Harbis: 30
 * Gharaqs: 45
 * Fire Ships: 20
 * Light Transport Ships: 30
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 20
 * Kashaf Fleet (Explorer Fleet):
 * Harbis: 5
 * Gharaqs: 10
 * Light Transport Ships: 15
 * Military Operations, Domestic Events and the such:
 * Units and Tactics:
 * Nothing New
 * Trading Beyond the Horizon: 
 * The Order of Avesta: The Order of Avesta has expanded to nearby islands. Armed with a new fleet, they embark on small expeditions to spread their interpretation of Zoroastrianism. The most monumental event would be when 2 Harbis under the Avestan leadership landed in Imerina. After difficulty communicating and trying to explain Zoroastrianism, the Harbis fired their cannons on nearby villages. The Ahuric Empire has no idea such an attack occured. This attack would have occured during the later months of 1454, after more contact between the Ahuric Empire and Imerina is established.
 * The Schools of Zoroaster: Perhaps an increase in Zoroastrians? The Avestans now run these schools, albeit it is run with more diplomacy than the Avestan raids.
 * Economy:
 * Things are confusing... Corruption is horrible, things are just about to get terrible.
 * New Research:
 * Easier Fire Lances: Continued Research. Rubbing pieces of metal on other materials causes flamelets to burst from them. If we were to use those, perhaps we could make the priming and usage of a fire lance easier. However, the flamelets aren't enough to start the powder off, so we are to research that
 * Cannons: More Cannon research (I want to invent rifling, when would that be possible?)
 * Diplomacy:
 * Imerina: We increase trade and attempt to send an extravagant gift of exotic goods to the King and Court of Imerina. This mission, bringing gold, silver and exotic goods from across the world to the court is to be done in 1453. We also increase trade, buying the endemic goods of the island, especially the animals. They are bound to sell well in Muscat as "Bizarre Animals from Imerinaland"
 * Bits to take note of: Please add Order of Avesta to Seychelles

Mod Event

 * The Blood Crow: Ever since the Fall of Constantinople of 1453, Remanus III (nicknamed Rem) has been brought under the care of Maeve Dumort (and Shauna McCarthy) after Emperor Constantine XI had tasked them into taking care of his apprentice. Maeve accepted and Rem went under her tutelage. Rem thought Maeve may take off from Constantine's teachings, but he was wrong. His new caretakers were entirely different in their approach, there is no tradition or facing situations head-on to their methods. Shauna taught him how to shoot a gun properly, a decent sharpshooter, at least to the standards at the time. Meanwhile, Maeve trained him hard and differently than he could face. She taught him that facing battles head-on is not the only way to deal with an opponent, sometimes you will need to hit them where they are most vulnerable. Individual combat could be fair, one could agree, but fighting wars are not meant to be fair.
 * Terror of the White Raven (Part 10): Being a man who had lived through conflicts, Morgan had understood his enemy and how their thought processes. This made him wonder where there are no true evil. After reading humanist and enlightening concepts published from the printing press, he questions what is the most common thing humanity is working against. This led him to the concept of time, and whether it is the true enemy of man. Not only man, but for everything in existence. Everything in existence is built around an attempt at longevity. Existential crisis aside, Frederique de Noyon, who has recently reached her 20s in the late 1450s, wondered where her father went after he sent his last letter years ago. Mail travels slow, of course, but details of his adventures has made her even more curious about the outside world. The curious 'Little Robin', as her father calls her, set off to try to find him.
 * Retrial of Jeanne d'Arc: At the request of Inquistitor-General Jean Bréhal and Jeanne d'Arc's mother, a retrial was authorised by the Pope. Investigations started in 1452, with a formal appeal in 1455. Jean Bréhal's final summary in June 1456 described Jeanne as a martyr while implicating the people leading to her execution of heresy for 'convicting an innocent woman in pursuit of a secular vendetta', and Jeanne d'Arc was declared innocent in July 7 of the same year. The city of Orleans, in celebration of the verdict, gave a banquet to the Inquisitor-General later that month.
 * Siege of Nándorfehérvár: An Atouman military incursion into further Christian Balkan territories lead to the fort of Nándorfehérvár, on the border of Eskosia and Dardania, to fall under siege. Under the command of Janos Hunyadi, the joint Eskosian-Dardanian forces managed to overrun the Atouman camp on July 22, 1456, injuring Iskendir II and relieved the city, temporarily halting Atouman expansion in Europe. The victory inspires the noon bell ritual, popularised by the Pope, who have prior asked rulers of Christendom to pray for the defenders of the city. Janos Hunyadi himself would pass away three weeks later due to disease contracted in the camp.
 * Matthias Corvinus: With the death of Janos Hunyadi, Regent of Eskos in 1456 and the execution of certain other Hunyadi family members by external powers, Matyas Hunyadi (Later known as Matthias Corvinus) was elected King of Eskos in 1458. Under the early years of his rule, the Black Army, a professional standing mercenary army, was established.
 * The House of Medici: Hailing from Tuscany, the House of Medici is a banking family that first gained prominence under Cosimo de' Medici. The Medici Bank is the largest of its kind in Europe in the 15th Century and it facilitated their rise to power. The Medici are patron of the arts, and with their wealth effectively brought Florence under their power, creating an environment for art and humanism to flourish. Them, among with other prominent families in Italy (such as the Visconti, Sforza, Este, Borgia and Gonzaga) has inspired the Italian Renaissance.
 * The Rise of the Renaissance: There were debates between historians for when the Renaissance started. Most agreed its earliest start was in Florence around the 1300s, likely influenced from the events of the Bubonic Plague. However, its ideas that the life and thinking of man is precious did not start spreading until the invention of the printing press. Further ideas and culture from Greek scholars after the Fall of Constantinople has further reinforced Europeans to look inwards to themselves. Influencers from all walks of life, from Plethon (Although, he died in 1454, leaving the rest to Morgan) to Ash I Pendragon, started questioning the world around them.
 * The Re-Reconquista: With their religious fervour, mercenaries from Tlemcen and Valeris, and mass numbers of human sacrifices, Mauretanian forces were able to push ever further into the Iberian mainland.

NPC Events

 * Bolheim: Jiri z Podebrad, a Hussite and visionary, is elected as King of Bolheim.
 * Agousta: They declined to join the war formally, yet set up volunteer and mercenary corps to join Castile.
 * Djenne: They accept to an anti-Songhai alliance.
 * Joseon: They declare war on Pyongsong, sweeping through Pyongyang and Hamheung.

The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion)
Map:

Government: Diarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Pendragon: ' Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - )' 
 * Son: Gawain (M, b. 1447 - )
 * Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1453 - )
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - )
 * Sister: Aurelia (F, b. 1399 - )
 * Mordue: ' Lionel (M, b. 1388 - ) (Reign: 1430 - )' 
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - )
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - )
 * Casimir (M, b. 1452 - )
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - )
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: White = White Drakes (Mordue)]] Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Events Deceased Log
 * Population:
 * British Isles: 4.2 million
 * France: 6.5 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Wars and Conflicts
 * Internal Divide: With the main advisor of both families sowing seeds of destruction into the royal families, the stage is slowly being set for a large conflict to come.[[File:British Isles 1455-1460.jpg|thumb|340x340px|Red = Red Drakes (Pendragon)
 * War of the Drakes: The conflict that had its embers being fostered decades prior finally exploded into a wildfire, with the main British island split into a northern and southern “state”, each controlled by their respective ruler.
 * Armed Forces
 * Total: 287,000 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 225,000
 * Britain: 64,000
 * What once was a home defense force now clashes against one another.
 * Rough numbers:
 * Red Drakes: 35,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 7,000
 * Longbow Archers: 10,000
 * Arquebusiers: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 7,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,220
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * White Drakes: 29,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 8,000
 * Longbow Archers: 5,000
 * Arquebusiers: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 6,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 1,500
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * French Defense Force: 153,000
 * Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
 * Rough Numbers:
 * Frontline Infantry: 15,000
 * Arquebusiers: 28,000
 * Dual-purpose Infantry: 35,000
 * Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
 * Longbow Archers: 25,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
 * Field Artillerymen: 7,200
 * Field cannons: 5,000
 * Logistical Support: 26,000
 * Consists of a plethora of dual-purpose infantrymen, able to use both crossbows and swords in combat, in addition to longbowmen and heavy cavalry.
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown.
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * (Most of) Pendragon Family
 * (Most of) Mordue Family
 * George Cromwell II of Cotswold
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 64,000
 * Naval Vessels:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: These ships are larger than the current English mainline warship, though the size was originally drafted to be capable of storing more produce and supplies within. However, with the increase in piracy in the Mediterranean, and the English’s interests in the area, these Merchant Cogs see an increase in armament, with prototype naval cannons being mounted onboard
 * Number in possession: 100
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: These ships that came before the Ship-of-the-Lines. In essence, these ships had state-of-the-art hull designs with “primitive” armament; the English longbow.
 * Number in possession: 25
 * Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
 * Naval Vessels: British Naval Engineers begin to look beyond the horizon, and decide to go bigger. With permission from the crown, they begin drafting designs and small models of ships the world has never seen before. More than twice the size of their Warcogs, these new ocean-capable cogs are thought to be able to have enough cargo space to embark on long journeys around the globe with enough cannons to deter even the bravest of pirates. However, these are but claims of the future, with all that exists by 1450 are small wooden models of prototypes of what will be soon to come.
 * Arquebusiers: The defensive capabilities of the arquebus was seen at the Battle of Orleans, when they inflicted heavy casualties on the French crossing the river. As such, The British use the ceasefire to re-equip and retrain their infantry to these new weapons.
 * 5,000 Dual-purpose infantry converted to arquebusiers (in France)
 * 2,000 field artillerymen (to France)
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * None.
 * Cracks are Forming (Finale): Tensions continued to build. By now, a visible front line can be seen between Scottish Albion and British Albion. A clear divide, with the northers in white and the southerners in red. Both side already see the writing on the wall and prepare for war; the War of the Drakes is upon them.
 * War of the Drakes (Part 1): The year is 1461. Wishing to end the conflict quickly, White Drake forces under King Lionel advance into Red Drake territory, starting the War of the Drakes. Though Lionel’s advance was unchecked, it was eventually driven back through a lack of supplies (because of Red cavalry interfering with White Drake supply lines). This set a trend throughout the war, of neither side being able to advance into the other group’s territory without becoming overextended.
 * British-French Neutrality: Both sides request aid from the British commanders in France. While some do sail across the channel to support their respective sides, most remain in France, mainly because of the British commander in charge of France, George Cromwell II of Cotswald. Refusing to leave his post on the off chance that the French would advance, he made sure that enough British troops stayed in France to prevent a complete collapse of the line in the event of a French invasion, mainly focusing his forces at important strongholds while keeping his cavalry in reserve to allow for quick response on a moment’s notice.
 * Forbidden Chains (Part 1): Childhood friends Abigail and Casimir were inseparable, but even friendships cannot stop a war, as the two are separated once the conflict between the Mordue’s and Pendragons went hot. Yet, the two would continue to meet in secret. Seems that friendships are stronger than you’d expect.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429): Slain by Joan of Arc
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Perished on the frontlines
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431, burnt at the stake)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)

Wanka Empire

 * Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * Monarch:
 * Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
 * Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
 * Interim (1434 - 1438)
 * Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
 * Pachacuti (r. 1438 - present) (b. 1409)
 * Heir: Pachacuti (II) (b. 1439)
 * Pretenders: N/A
 * Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
 * Capital: Wankapampa
 * Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place that the then-ruler of Wanka, Nayaraq had thought about, believing that gold and silver that came from the mines needs to be hidden from the eyes of enemies. A centralised planned economy is underway. Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 538,000
 * Wankapampa: 13,000
 * Lima: 7,000
 * Ica: 1,300
 * Nazca: 8,200
 * Qusqu: 15,800
 * Abancay: 2,000
 * Orcopampa: 1,900
 * Culture: 100% Quechua/Chirip (...unless you want to subdivide the groups further down)
 * Religion: 100% Inca pantheon
 * Military:
 * 170 elite warriors
 * 1430 spearmen
 * 800 slingers
 * 800 archers (bow & arrow ranged infantry essentially)
 * 2000 axemen/clubmen
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Omaguacua, Chara and Colla: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
 * Kunza, Pacajes and Charcas: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti (Part 4): The final years for the conquests of Omaguacua, Chara and Colla are starting to show up. By the end of roughly around 1458, these kingdoms are fully subjugated to the hands of the Sapa Wanka. But Pachacuti, rather than wait and prepare an invasion, decided to also push an invasion further south. In the north, preparations of invading the north is also being prepared. With more people being subjugated into the empire, Pachacuti is slowly becoming overconfident that he will eventually conquer his own peoiple (in terms of ethnicity not sub-cultural groups within the Quechua or are more known as the Chirip, though the Sedena are related somehow)
 * Script Stealing (Part 2): The Incan pictogram script continues to grow. After a decade of its existence, it became popular in Wankapampa's artisans, not just a handful of scholars and religious figures there. This perhaps not-so-coincidental or maybe coincidental script, said to have come from the east (Jahluhets?), is growing as time goes on. Nevertheless, it will eventually spread to other cities, but this will take even more years to come before they would become the norm. And even by that point, the script may as well become obsolete when the Europeans come.
 * The Spot for a New Settlement (Part 3): For the first time, the gold and silver are arriving at Machu Picchu by the hands of thousands of workers as part of their due tax as subjects of the Wanka Empire. They are mostly supervised by guards to prevent rebellion. Soon, this will be complete and it will attract many. (so far, this is 50% complete)

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Empress: Uchiha Tomoko
 * Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
 * Taisho: Kanzaki Izuku
 * Speaker of the National Convention: Mori Kyoko
 * Economy:
 * The Build-up: Pursuance of the Empress' goal leads there to be a massive construction of standard and light vessels for the carrying of cargo; but even more than that, the loss of many major roads that are now irreperable due to the lack of the engineering corp so critical to building them spurs a re-investment into naval affairs. Kangeinoshima benefits from the bulk of this, but this also assists the large-scale financial recovery of port cities like Kobe or Edo; helping to reconnect Nihon once again.
 * Recovery: Recovery itself continues at a steady pace, with the Tohoku Convention finally approving amongst themselves the restoration of the three major roads connecting the region. Similarly, the Chugoku Convention approves a similar restoration programme as well as connecting up major Daimyo capitals. These help to spur the economy, but more importantly, allow for peasants to once again access larger markets, spurring economic growth that may be the key to Nihon's success.
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 14,570,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population: 1,900,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population: 13,110,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeinoshima)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * War with Pyongsong; allied with Joseon
 * Forces Lent to Joseon: 5,000-man professional contingent led by Taisho Kanzaki; under the command of the Joseon Emperor
 * Forces arriving to assist under Nihonese command: 
 * Second Fleet [Formerly the Second Defence Fleet] (under command of Matsudaira Keiko) - 12 Kawataro-fune, 6 Hayai-fune, 43 cargo ships, 7,800 sailors. Pursuing a blitz-esque strategy of deorganising and splitting enemy fleets simply by rushing into them and boarding them.
 * Second Army [Formerly the Second Defence Army] (under command of Takahashi Aya) - 1,500 horses, 12,000 general infantry, 14,000 irregular infantry, 1,000 support staff, 3,000 auxillary infantry, 7,000 irregular auxillaries. Will land at Chongjin and attempt to occupy the city, starving out any hope of naval reinforcement while knocking out Pyongsong's likely small navy.
 * Army:
 * Horses [12,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [47,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [54,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [10,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [9,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [24,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
 * Midoriya Kaitou: in charge of the planning of the army and navy, particularly with regards to logistics; all supply convoys answer to him
 * Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [43]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [25]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [134]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [14]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 36,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet [on mission]
 * Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
 * Diplomacy: 
 * N.A
 * Events:
 * The Greatest General [3] (as well as the Joseon-Pyongsong War): Upon hearing news of the war, Kanzaki is utterly and completely delighted to hear that something that is not local court politics has occurred and rallies his less-than-fit men off to war. Receiving assurances of reinforcements only as he approaches the city of Sinuiju under orders from Joseonese generals, he begins a series of incredibly manipulative tactics to convince the city that they are in fact a thousand times more under attack than in reality; including paying some merchants and peasants to talk about how Lyaodong has entered the war (when it hasn't) and lighting fires in such a way that it accentuates the amount of soldiers he has. Unwilling to wait for Joseonese forces to move forward, he contemplates attacking; and he decides to do it, slamming into Pyongsong ranks with his singular cavalry division and hoping for the best. At the same time, the Second Fleet races ahead of the Second Army towards Pyongsong's shores; distracting the meager Pyongsong navy with just nine kawataro-fune while the rest land at Chongjin, attempting to take hold of the city.
 * Reconcilliation of the Houses [4] [Final]:
 * To Right a Wrong - Spring 1455: The rudimentary police force of Kyoto searches up and down the city for clues as to where the murderer of Yonekura Mirio could have possibly escaped. At the same time, a small cabal of attendants and confidants between Speaker Mori and Empress Uchiha attempt to ascertain the nature of the dealings Kaito Minamoto was engaging in; the surviving geisha of the underground theatre claiming that the Fujiwara and Taira clans had met together in order to consolidate their control over the entire nation based off offhand remarks made by the many patrons they had received. It soon becomes clear, however, that there is a much more significant problem at hand - corruption, which has seeped through all layers of the government; from the old clans, whose influence still holds sway and attempts to influence the National Convention, to the opportunists of every stripe. Although the two's history has never been... stable, they ultimately resolve that the only way to solve it is to sweep it out of the country, all at once.
 * Purging - Winter 1455: Silently in the night the Empress' and Speaker's effective 'personal death squad' shows up on various Daimyo leaders and shrine leaders' doorsteps attempting to ascertain the nature of the entire conspiracy. Those found guilty are executed without quarter; to the dismay of many of the merchants, who consider it a return to the same ruthless totalitarianism of Himiko San-nin, and an unpopular move in the eyes of the small intellectual class, some of whom, such as Seishiro Kirie, outright lambast the Empress' actions. Mori herself seems out of place in the picture - Hori Shizuku, her previous partner, already concerned and effectively acting in her capacity as speaker at the Sixth and Seventh meetings of the National Convention. It soon becomes clear that while both have very different views of where this should proceed from there, they have very similar views of how it should proceed - mercilessly and quickly. At the Empress' behest the Speaker is elevated to a position where the Speaker no longer even has to inform the Convention beforehand of her intention to meet the Empress; effectively making her a regent of sorts.
 * Two Wrongs and Two Rights - Summer 1456: Critical of her partner's perceived anti-peasantry stance, Hori Shizuku ropes in many of the old leaders and candidates from the time of the Empress' election; Hu Jin-Yo, now a shadow of a man on the verge of death unenthused with the death squads' arrival in the promised autonomous zones his countrymen were given, for one; as does Midoriya Kaitou and Bakushi Yona, both disapproving of the actions that the two have taken. Storming into the fort at Kyoto the four reprimand Mori and Uchiha for a full hour in front of the Empress' court, seemingly unwilling and unable to remove them from her presence; especially Kaitou, whose words are especially stinging:

'' 'If we had a war for nothing, tell me so! Has it not taught you the same humility, the same basic logic that it taught all of us: to speak, and to negotiate?'''

While Midoriya eventually finds himself removed from the court and thrown out into a small inn in Kyoto, the other three stay on for months on end trying to convince the Empress and her Speaker that Nihonese blood cannot be shed by Nihonese weapons. Ultimately, they are not successful, reluctantly leaving in the Autumn of that year quietly and angrily; Hori being the only one who stays in Kyoto afterwards. In a single personal meeting she ultimately excommunicates her old partner and friend; realising that puts her on the list, she then commits Seppuku in the winter.
 * And We Cannot Lapse - Spring 1457: Although they could no longer see eye to eye, Mori ultimately shows for her old friend's funeral, grieving; while Uchiha, shocked by the lengths towards her political adversaries have gone just to avoid her, finally puts an end to two years of wanton oppression. Investigators uncover the real story behind the murder of Kaito Minamoto - he was killed by a series of assassins hired by Himiko San-nin to eliminate political rivals as well as those who would oppose her rule, yet in an act of defiance, before he died, the poor young boy had decided to run into the streets of Kyoto where it would be impossible for him not to be seen. Realising that they are simply repeating failed political strategies to their own ends, the two semi-partners sit down and think; as the sun rises on another summer, and another year, the two greying women decide at once that it is time to make things right, regardless of what they say.
 * For an eye for an eye shall make the whole world blind - Autumn 1457: Calling to her court the surviving members of the People's League, the Outsiders and of course her own faction, Empress Uchiha temporarily relinquishes the throne to speak to the various people there on a personal level, letting an advisor, Morioka, control the entire show while she's busy. The business in question - an apology and a dogeza from the literal Empress of Nihon to the shocked fellows surrounding her, before she asks to make things right. The faction leaders, not just humbled by the Empress' ability to hide her own pride, but her willingness to put down arms, all do so as well; over fourty years later, the legacy of the Nihonese Civil War is still felt, but as they make peace, perhaps finally, this legacy can be seen in a common, united destiny once again.
 * National Convention:
 * Sixth and Seventh Meetings [invalidated]

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andrianamponga (B 1427, D 1455) (R 1447 - 1455), Andrianamboniravina (B 1429, alive) (R 1456-Present)
 * Regency: Priest/Noble Regency Council (R 1455-1456)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have gradual trade between us. The economy is rather obviously affected by the fucking raiders on our fucking shores, fuck them. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such.
 * Allies: Possibly Betsimisaraka and various Malagasy tribes (temporarily and non-official)
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 515 000 total
 * Ambanja: 8 100
 * Mahajanga: 3 000
 * Rural regions: ca 504 000
 * Ethnicities: 99,5% Malagasy (divided into 75% Merina and 25% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 0,5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
 * Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Under Attack: Since circa 1454, Adananita people (under the Order of Avesta which we are unaware of, but they look like the Ahurics so connotations immediately come to mind) have been raiding and attacking the coastline of Madagasikara, to kill, to rape, to steal. They arrive in their large vessels that fire large boulders upon our people. We of course, immediately react to this. Shall they bring war, we will fight them back. Their superior technology gives them the first victories but the Merina do learn. Currently as many ready young men as possible shall be trained to fight and those that already exist are readied to fight back raids at any point and to be wary of the weapons that they wield. A garrison is also placed on both Mahori and Njoany to protect them since they're important places for trade and the agreement we have with the native Njoanans makes it our duty to protect them from danger.
 * Fossa Warriors: Andrianamboniravina requires the best he can get to protect the Merina people from the scum invaders. Thus, he orders the creation of an elite force of the strongest and most disciplined soldiers that Imerina has access to. These warriors wield the most efficient spears, shields and Seme knives and are trained in discipline, stealth, spreading fear into their opponents and charging. In their leather armor with fur decoration, war paint and sometimes tattoos, they are the most prepared.
 * Military: Ca 1% of our population is our regularly available manpower that we can deploy for warfare, thus being ca 5 000 man. As a result of raising young men to be warriors and new policy from the king, higher amounts of soldiers are raised.
 * Deployed units: All
 * 4 500 Spearmen
 * 2 000 Bowmen
 * 500 Merina Fossa Warriors
 * Determinant amount of volunteers/assisting units from outside our borders
 * Navy:
 * 6 transport ships
 * 2 Ahuric military ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Order of Avesta or whatever the fuck their name is:  Cease your faggotry. Stop your attacks or you will face the true might of Zanahary's children.
 * Betsimisaraka and various Malagasy tribes nearby: This holy land is attacked and raided by heretics, you know that they will not stop with just us but will attack you as well. Therefore we request your assistance (and in the case of some of the unorganized tribes, be annexed so that their assistance can be properly organized).
 * Ahuric Empire: We negotiate with them. They explain that the attacks aren't them, which convinces us somewhat. They also offer us one of their high-tech epic military ships and the negotiation leads to us being given two of them. Advisors are also given to us for diplomacy, teaching us how these high-tech things work and for just general advice and all that.
 * Events:
 * Death of Andrianamponga: Relations between Andrianamponga and Andrianamboniravina began to sour a few years ago. The death of their mother, a sense of rivalry due to Namboniravina's status as heir while Namponga was childless and also the arrival of the strange Adananita people sparked division between them. Still, Namboniravina was loyal to his brother. When the Adananita arrived the two had opposing views. Andrianamponga was suspicious and not trusting while Andrianamboniravina was all for interacting with the strangers, intrigued by their clothing, weapons, technology, language, everything. Andrianamboniravina convinced his brother to allow interaction and things were well for the first few years. But when raids started plaguing the lands the two were very much at eachother's throats as Andrianamponga believed that the death and destruction was his brother's fault for convincing him to interact with these strange people. In 1455 the two went out on a hunting trip, a traditional thing many of the nobles and people in general were doing and also recommended by Andrianamponga's advisors to settle the conflict between the two. However, only one of the brothers returned. Andrianamboniravina returned in shock as his brother's life ended while they were out hunting. Not many good records exist, but it is believed that he said it was some form of hunting accident, while others believe it could have been an attack by the Order of Avesta and some of the king's closest believed it might have been an assassination from the hands of the king's brother himself. This shocked the lands and led to confusion. A regency council composed of Haintenist priests and members of the royal family reigned for a year until it was decided that Andrianamboniravina would be crowned king in 1456.
 * Unite to Fight: Andrianamponga takes the first initiative to uniting the lands of Imerina, but also other parts of Madagasikara to defend from these rotten invaders however after his death, the council and later Andrianamboniravina go further to properly defend the Merina people and their Malagasy brethren. As described previously, efforts go into training soldiers and bringing our best to combat. Interaction with Mahafaly regarding the attacks also takes place.
 * The Start of the Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
 * Warrior Culture: Basically the same as past turns, but also factoring in the creation of Fossa Warriors and increased efforts for the creation of strong and loyal soldiers for the defense of the Merina Kingdom.
 * Tsilavohery and  Rakotomanjato (2): Similar to the two royal brothers, the friendship between the two philosophers were damaged, although after Andrianamponga mysteriously passed away. Tsilavohery firmly believed that it was an unfortunate accident, but Rakotomanjato did not trust Andrianamboniravina, believing him to have used the hunting trip as an oppurtunity to kill his brother and take his place. The two gradually drifted apart and started gathering crowds of supporters on differing sides (out of the peasants who actually had time to care instead of tending to their own villages and trying not to get murdered by raiders). After the coronation of Andrianamboniravina, Rakotomanjato was very much angry and after two years of tension (1458 is the year) he declares Andrianamboniravina to not be the rightful heir and to be a usurper of the throne. This gets him fired and excommunicated by Haintenist priests which makes him and those who follow him, quite mad. He travels to Betsimisaraka and stays there for the following duration of this turn.
 * Relationship with the Ahuric Empire: The initial good relations have been severely damaged since the attacks in 1454. Even with a king supportive of foreign relations, Merina sentiments towards the Adananita (both the Order and Ahurubo) are quite negative. Still, Andrianamboniravina doesn't want to cut ties and does negotiate with them (further detailed and explained in Diplomacy).

Kingdom of Castille and Leon

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (King): Henry IV (1454 -)
 * Economy: The economy is tanking huge hits as the wars and conscription are causing money to not go so well.
 * Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Granada, Agousta          Secret Anti-Valcanor Alliance: Castille-Leon, Naples
 * Capital: Madrid
 * Demographics
 * Population - 5,850,356
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 6% Arzham 1% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 375,000
 * Toledo - 351,000
 * Cordoba - 365,000
 * Burgos - 275,000
 * Leon-  305,00
 * La Coruna - 205,000
 * Oviedo - 157,000
 * Rural - 3,113,00
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 250,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 20,000
 * Garofe - 30,000
 * Malaga - 20,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Military - 360,000
 * Archers - 120,000
 * Longbow - 50,000
 * Crossbow - 40,000
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 30,000
 * Cavalry - 21,000
 * Heavy - 7,750
 * Light - 6,350
 * Super Light - 6,150
 * Standard Knights - 20,250
 * Pikemen - 153,500
 * Men at Arms - 32,250
 * Arquebusers - 47,000
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 195
 * Ballista - 165
 * Cannons - 255
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 150
 * Converted Merchant Ships - 100
 * Floating Fortresses - 300
 * Sea Falcons - 335
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Mauretanian Front - 200,000 troops are sent in a center advance towards the coast, and to the right another 50,000 are sent and to the left, there will be 90,000 sent. Pikemen will now be heavily used to push back any attack and stakes are pulled up ahead of a battle, along the slight help of archers and arquebuseers to drive them off hopfully. Ships are more spread out to combat the navies of Mauretania and it's other allies.
 * The Mauretanian Coast - An ambitious plan is launched to pull back Mauretanian forces back into the homeland, from our holdings in the Atlantic, 7,500 troops will be sent, 5,000 up the coast towards Ifni and and 2,500 down the coast on Dakhla, hopefully this should pull back some amount of the Mauretanian army. Screenshot (75).png
 * Diplomacy -​​​​​​
 * Albion, France - If you didn't notice, there's quite a lot of pagans down south that are advancing deep into the lands of a fellow Christian kingdom, if they will win, well you've seen it before many years ago. You want that to happen to happen again?
 * Italian States - Same as for Albion and France
 * Events
 * The Last Mortal Battle - Things are getting desperate, as the Mauretanians get closer to the gates of Madrid, pensions and other spendings are heavily cut to fund the military. Various icons of the Virgin Mary are carried out by priests into the battlefields, and priests warn people that the Mauretanians are in fact the Antichrist incarnate. Mauretanian prisoners are also publicly executed and no quarter is given. The Valcan troops in Italia are pulled back for the war. Pikemen are heavily emphasized as they have found much better success against the meat shield rushes.
 * Protect the Merchants (Part 10) - The shipyards gain tons of money as 65 Sea Falcons and 45 Floating Fortresses get put on the order.
 * Learning from our Allies (Part 10) - Arquebuses start losing favor as the Mauretanians just straight up charge the troops.
 * A very loud Bang (Part 9) - Nothing is spared, cannons are now being pulled straight into formations and onto the front lines.
 * Oh Look, an Island! (Part 8) - The people of the Islands find an unusual peace this time, as we are occupied with the war.
 * Securing the Island  - Control loosens a bit over the islands, but they are still run as usual.
 * Succession - Henry IV ascends to the throne of Castile-Leon and Valcanor, he is noted for staying up at very late times to write letters to the governers to raise armies and sometimes commanding them himself.

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Aqeel Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: The conflict has come to a head. It was clear this was where we were headed for. Things are more confusing than expected before, however, as the conflict between the King and his former Viziers have taken the spotlight of the civil war. In terms of administration, it has effectively collapsed. Intricate governmental affairs are now simplified and run entirely differently.
 * Population: 7,235,439
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * The Last Straw: With King Aqeel back in Ahuras, overseeing affairs, the corrupt viziers were effectively handcuffed, no longer able to continue their own activities. The King noticed the bizarre nature of the administration. The expenses didn't line up with what remained in the treasury, unnatural occurences had occured. Why were people sent off the way they were rather than punished? Why were some agreements made with merchants when there were more favourable ones? The King, justifiably angered, ordered the viziers to be arrested and brought to his quarters. A wrench was thrown in the plans as the viziers had escaped prior to the arrest, travelling to Adnan. As the order was publicised, the viziers proclaimed the King a tyrant and declared their own government based in Adnan. They struck an alliance with the Zealous Zoroastrians, securing support from Ha'il to Duqm. The Arzhamites in the north deployed their own militias in Rafha and Eridu, while the Elamite Arzhamites supported them. The army had been reduced by a considerable amount too, as many had mutinied, deserted, or retired. The reformists also raised a considerable number of supporters in Al-Khor and Al-Wakra and early on, small fights broke out between soldiers and reformist protestors. The situation was ripe for warfare.
 * High Level Negotiations: With the Zoroastrians and Vizierites allied, early on, the war is in their favour. They besiege Rafha and advance close to Jubail. The King, after a year of negotiations, secures the Arzhamites as allies. This is not enough to stop the Vizierites as they continue their advance. However, this does free up the 1st and 2nd Sipah from the Elamite region. With this influx of troops, the Jubail front is pushed back. The reformists continue their protests in Al-Khor and Al-Wakra, breaking into conflict, intesifying to the point where they control most of the peninsula. In Al-Khor, only the Royal Palace and Royal Harbour remain under Imperial control. The King negotiates a ceasefire with the Reformists, hoping for some agreement later down the line. While this is happening, the Avestans funnel in resources to the Vizierites through Duqm, strengthening them.
 * The Sipah in the Midst: As the civil war started, the 3rd Sipah, the most trained Sipah, was caught off guard. They were training and campaigning in the desert as the warfare started. The general in charge ordered a march towards Qarsoon territory, where they could recieve further instructions. As they entered Qarsoon territory, pretty unhindered as they travelled through a scarcely populated stretch of land, they recieved instruction to form a salient in enemy territory and attract them there. Almost no one from the army lay down their arms and deserted. These are well trained and organised troops that have campaigned with the King himself multiple times, fanatically loyal to the imperial cause. With the full strength Sipah striking into the side of the Zoroastrians, little advances are made towards Masirah and Muscat. The Sipah, setting up base in the region, frequently raided supply caravans for any attack on those regions. As a result, the Zoroastrians made it almost an order that before any offensive on the Omani front, the Sipah must be removed. Thus a standoff has occured in the region, with the trained Sipah, trained in irregular warfare, ambush and raid the numerically superior enemy. Losses are hard to recoup and hence, after the initial disturbances and being focused on by the enemy, the Sipah is much more conservative in their attacks.
 * Naval Dilemma: The navy has suffered many losses. We now have ships, without the men to run them. Many ships were also lost as a result of mutinies. All fleets are ordered to either Malepdiva or Masirah, to calculate losses and what we retain of our fleet. If we keep enough of the fleet, moving to blockade Duqm would be a great plan. It turns out, the fleets are too damaged to move on Duqm as of yet, perhaps in a bunch of years we should be capable. We are in a difficult situation where we have ships that have no men, yet not enough undamaged ships to deal with the enemy fleet. We have older ships, but they would be of little use in naval combat against the Vizierite and Avestan fleet. For now the ships are restricted to defence. In Masirah the ships are being repaired. We come up with the bright idea of using the ships for diplomacy. Perhaps if we send ships to the Imerina, they, who clearly have the men, will raid the Avestans enough to disturb their supply to the Vizierites. We send 2 Harbis, our cannon ships, to Imerina. As they are about to arrive, the King also decides to send the older ships to them, the ships with 2 frontal cannons, not of use for naval combat, but useful for raiding. They had been used for trade, but are now returned to military use and 10 of them are sent to Imerina. They will take a while to arrive (not this turn, they'll arrive next turn). They carry gunpowder with them, because that'll come in handy.
 * Military:
 * Imperial:
 * Personnel: 55,625
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Spearmen: 2,500
 * Bowmen: 2,500
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Overall: 14,000 Troops
 * 2nd Sipah:
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 3,500
 * Bowmen: 3,500
 * Fire Lancers: 393
 * Crossbowmen: 1,500
 * Light Cavalry: 2,500
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Overall: 20,001 Troops
 * 3rd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 8,110 Troops
 * Muscat Task Force:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 80
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Zoroastrian/Avestan:
 * Personnel: 63,620
 * Army of Atash (Fire):
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 11,060 Troops
 * Army of Aban (Water):
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 11,060 Troops
 * Sha'abi Army (People's Army):
 * Militias, armed with swords: 15,000
 * Militias, armed with Bows: 10,000
 * Militias, armed with Spears: 5,000
 * Militias, on horse, with swords: 5,000
 * Swordsmen: 1,000
 * Bowmen: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 37,500 Troops
 * Avestan Fleet (All ships pledged to the Vizierites are also part of this fleet since the Vizierites don't have a port):
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaq: 70
 * Light Transport: 80
 * Arzhamites:
 * Personnel: 23,120
 * Rafhan Militias:
 * Militias, armed with swords: 3,500
 * Militias, armed with spears: 1,500
 * Militias, armed with bows: 1,000
 * Swordsmen: 1,000
 * Bowmen: 1,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 8,060 Troops
 * Eridu Militias:
 * Militias, armed with swords: 5,500
 * Militias, armed with spears: 1,500
 * Militias, armed with bows: 3,000
 * Swordsmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 14,060 Troops
 * Elamite Fleet: 
 * Light Transport Ships: 10
 * Harbis: 2
 * Vizierites: 
 * Personnel: 38,500
 * Liberation Army:
 * Swordsmen: 8,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 100
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 50
 * Overall: 19,250 Troops
 * Army of Adnan:
 * Swordsmen: 8,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 100
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 50
 * Overall: 19,250 Troops
 * Reformists:
 * Personnel: 6,000
 * Al-Khor Militias:
 * Militias, with swords: 2,000
 * Militias, with bows: 1,000
 * Swordsmen: 1,000
 * Bowmen: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Overall: 6,000 Troops
 * Military Operations and Domestic Affairs:
 * Civil War:
 * Round 1, Vizierite Offensive: As war gets declared, the Viziers quickly secure an alliance with the Zoroastrians, who have a large population at their disposal. Quickly, with large militias set up by the Zoroastrians, they go on the offensive. The west, a part of the country that has not had many Arzhamite settlers, is very anti-arzhamite, and hence is the power base of the Zoroastrians. The east has very close trade links with the Arzhamites and hence do not have the fanaticism of their western counterparts, and do not see the Arzhamites as enemies, instead supporting the Imperial faction. The alliance between the Zoroastrians and the Vizierites quickly sweeps into Imperial and Arzhamite territory, surrounding Rafha and forming a bulge approaching Jubail. The Imperial Forces were caught off guard, with the 1st and 2nd Sipah, the bulk of the army, campaigning in Elamite territory. Jubail was briefly captured by the Zoroastrians, before it was recaptured by the 1st Sipah, transported across by what remained of the fleet. The initial successes also brought the Avestans into the fight. Seeing as they could succeed in ushering in an Extremist Zoroastrian Theocracy, they start supporting the Vizierites through Duqm. They retained a healthy fleet, a large store of money, thanks to the Viziers, and a healthy yet small force of troops. During this, the Zoroastrians also prepared for an attack towards Masirah, to secure the docks and cut off the trade into the Gerrhan Gulf. They pushed forwards from Duqm, but met two wrenches in their plans: The 3rd Sipah and the Muscat Task Force. The Muscat Task Force was the cavalry force in charge of trade protection. Being in Oman, and being entirely cavalry, they quickly moved westwards to confront the invasion. They caught the Zoroastrian Army of Aban by surprise and caused them to retreat. Attempting to recover, they returned to a position where their supply trains could reach them. Little did they know, the 3rd Sipah had been campaigning in the desert nearby. They raided the supply trains, causing considerable economic and strategic damage. This halted the Zoroastrian invasion in the Omani sector.
 * Round 2, The Lines of Battle: The change in the strategic balance was caused by an alliance between the Arzhamites and Imperial forces. This freed up many troops from the Elamite region. The Imperial troops are stretched pretty thin, however. The well trained Imperial troops manage to recapture territory near Jubail. Their advances are cut short by the introduction of Vizierite troops, who are better trained than the militias of the Zoroastrians and Arzhamites. There is now a standstill between both alliances. The Arzhamites did manage to halt the advances towards Rafha, and now retain a small region around Rafha. This attracts a lot of Zoroastrians, with the entire Army of Atash participating against the Rafha Militias. Horror stories spread about the situation (might write a small anecdote about this, depending on demand). The Eridu Militias hold their border near Eridu, and hold down the enemy. All troops on both sides are now committed. At this time, Reformists also protest in Al-Khor. It becomes slightly concerning for the King, but he doesn't have troops to move into the city.
 * Round 3, Well Timed Rebellion: The Reformists, under Ahmad Najjar, led a large protest in Al-Khor, like the many times prior. The nearby guards did not really take much notice initially. However, the number became larger, and larger. Suddenly, a man on a raised platform, Najjar, directed a number of protestors to take over nearby administrative buildings. Caught off guard, many of the guards in these buildings escaped without putting up much of a defence. The old Gerrhan royal palace and harbour, occasionally used by the King or his family, remained under Imperial control. These were close to eachother, a large complex. Najjar organised his protestors and effectively captured all of Al-Khor other than the Royal Complex. Attempts were made to enter the complex, but were beat back by the Arzhamite Harbis and guards on the ground. The protests, which had by now been bloated to thousands of armed militias, moved towards Al-Wakra. The governor, a reformist sympathiser, effectively joined their cause. There were some fights in Al-Wakra, but it was pretty bloodless. They pushed forward, wanting to force the government to accept their demands. Eventually, they had captured the entire Al-Khor peninsula.
 * Round 4, Ceasefires and Uncomfortable Agreements: The closest city from the peninsula is... Jubail or Ahuras. If Jubail fell, the entire line of defence up north would collapse. If Ahuras fail, the entire Imperial Faction could collapse. The Reformists had secured a strong position, a strategic position. For now, they were held back by large forts built in the Gerrhan Era along the end of the Peninsula. They didn't have any cannons to beat these forts, yet. The issue was, they could be arranged, built, and hauled to the forts relatively quickly. Something needed to be done about the situation or the war effort could collapse. Along the Omani Front, the Muscat Task Force had made their way close to Duqm, nearly cutting off the city from the rest of the Zoroastrians. However, they were called back to confront the Reformists, being the fastest force in the military. Their entry meant that the Zoroastrians could recover their losses on the Omani front. The Muscat Task Force, once again achieving the element of surprise, made considerable gains in the Peninsula, capturing a lot of the western section of the Peninsula. This advance damaged the Reformists, especially their legitimacy, considerably, with small fringe groups advocating a return to the Imperial cause, or further attacks against the Imperial forces, fighting in the streets of Al-Khor. The Reformists, in an attempt to retain what shred of strength they had, negotiated a ceasefire with the Imperial Forces. By this point, the Zoroastrians had effectively brought the border in the Oman region back to initial borders. With the ceasefire negotiated, the Muscat Task Force returned to defend the Omani sector. They could no longer grab the initiative, as the Zoroastrians had strengthened themselves with militias and they didn't suffer from surprise attack inflicted by the Task Force, recovering their forces.
 * Civil War, round 1.pngCurrent Situation: Wars in the desert are not usually faught with long drawn lines of troops staring eachother down, instead being faught with flexible and fluid borders, raids and incursions. Hence putting a border to the conflict is difficult. In the civil war, there have been a lot of larger engagements, ones that neither side are used to. A lot of poorly trained militias also participate. The Recapture of Jubail is an example of this inexperience put to display, where a smaller Imperial force grabbed the initiative and routed a large force of militias. The current situation is one of standstills. Villages are captured on either side, but recaptured shortly after. There have been no lasting assaults, all were promptly recouped. By the end of 1459, both sides are recovering from the battles of the previous years, and hence no large offensive takes place.
 * Economy:
 * Imperial: Muscat has been our main trade port, and it remains as such. Thus a lot of effort is put into securing it, with the navy and Muscat Task Force vigilant in defending it. It hasn't been threatened, so our trade, while not healthy or anywhere close to pre-war levels, should suffice to supply us with money, in addition to the large stores of money in Ahuras and Grane.
 * Vizierites and Zoroastrians: Our only port is the port of Duqm, a port that is supplied by the Avestans and provides income to us. We focus our navy on keeping the port unblockaded, and deploy more troops to protect it. The Imperial troops came close to cutting Duqm off, something we shall not risk anymore. The biggest sector of our economy is donations, people dedicating their harvest and money to us, so we can succeed in our goals.
 * Arzhamites: The Elamite region is one relatively untouched by the civil war. Other than early fights between us and the Imperial troops there, Elam continues to supply us through Grane, where we can move the supplies to Eridu. This is all good and fine for the Eridu Front. Rafha, however, is a different question. We can not get any considerable amount of supplies to Rafha. Rafha has wells, and grows food, but it is threatened by enemy troops and these farms could be lost, causing a shortage in good, not enough to supply the troops.
 * Reformists: We don't command a fanatical population, and can't rely on donations for income. We must trade, through third party ports, risking ships. We effectively run a government, recieving money from administrative affairs, permits, taxes, and the such. Lacking major trade income does damage us, but we don't field a massive army, and as such, can make do.
 * New Research:
 * Easier Fire Lances: Research Halted
 * Cannons: Research Halted
 * Diplomacy:
 * Imerina: We are horrified and caught by surprise at the Avestan attacks. They are not the same as us and we are outraged. However, we lack the resources to do much. We send 2 Harbis to the Imerina, with a group of advisors to teach how to use the cannons. Before the Harbis arrive, we send 10 older ships with 1 or 2 frontal cannons, loaded with a considerable amount of gunpowder and 100 crossbows, along with more advisors. Our hopes are that the Imerina can use these ships to threaten the Avestans. These will arrive in 1460/1461.
 * League of the Desert: All sides of the conflict attempt to sway the League to their side. While it is likely that the members won't join in, they could... Up to y'all and your rolls
 * Malepdiva: The Imperial Faction strongly urges the Malepdivans to join in on their side. The King attempted to form strong ties with the Malepdivans and provided them with autonomy, and thus expects the Malepdivans to at least some support, even if it does not include any soldiers or ships.
 * Bits to take note of: The Order of Avesta should have expanded much further in the Seychelles and are now effectively independent. Also, if you really want to get a picture of the civil war, there is the whole section under the Military Operations Header.  

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Langa
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 97 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 8 900
 * Rural regions: ca 88 100
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Māori Mythology
 * Invasion of fiji island.PNGWars and Conflicts:
 * Western Island: If they don't accept our offer to join Tonga we send a naval invasion of the island of Fiji. Sending 80% (776) of our Military to the north-eastern and eastern coast, making a landing and fighting off any resistance, pushing them to the west.
 * Military: 1% 970
 * 5 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 340 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 279 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 269 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 77 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Integration of islanbds-2.PNGNavy:
 * 210 fishing ships
 * 75 travel boats (traveling between the islands)
 * 19 exploration boats.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Integration of Fiji and surrounding islands-0.PNGIslands to the east and west: We offer you a chance to join Tonga.
 * Fiji and surrounding islands: We offer you this chance to join our glorious nation of Tonga. (if they don't accept, check "Wars and Conflicts"!!!)
 * Events:

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Leon II "the old" Hohenstaufen (B 1384 - still alive), (R 1403 - present)
 * Head of the Government: N/A
 * Government: Absolute Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 15,870
 * Konr: Population: 8,935
 * Rich: Population: 11,080
 * Polanum: Population: 12,380
 * Bozn: Population: 14,210
 * Trieste: 13,000
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 1,184,720
 * Total population: 1,239,955
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 95% Westrian, 4% Venetian, 1% others
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * The Naples War: We just send material to Valcanor at this point to support them and volunteers
 * Chief Commander: Konrad Hiltzen (B 1387 - still alive), (R 1431 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Spearmen: 4,600
 * Swordmen: 2,680
 * Bowmen: 2,810
 * Cavalry: 2,430
 * Crossbowmen: 1,540
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 12
 * Cog: 12
 * Hoy: 1
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 3
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 55
 * Arquebus: 4
 * Events:
 * Building ships: We continue to build ships.
 * Cannons and more cannons: ENDS
 * Recruiting: ENDS
 * Renissance?: Since the fall of Constantinopel new ideas and interest in greek scholars have got into many upper class people's minds. This is likely spread from parts of Italyu where these ideas are already established somewhat
 * Leon "the old": Leon the Second have had a long life and is now commonly known as Leon "the old" among the population for his old age.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Escosia: We are prepared to send you support if the Atoumans decide to attack you if you want any help that is.

Lepai

 * Government: Tribal Confederation
 * Binanit’a’i (Lepai Loyalists): Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní (1426-1457), Łį́į́łigaii (1457-)
 * Secondary Binanit’a’i (Regent): Tábąąh Dlǫ́ʼi (1454-1457)
 * Heir Apparent:  Łį́į́łigaii (1454-1457)


 * Aghá'łíí (Indé Agallate): Tłá'í'ez (1448-1450), ’Isdzání Góyą́ (1450-)
 * Chieftain (Zuni): Sowa Wattsida (1450-)
 * Chieftain (Nuwu Chiefdom): Yarateeba (1450-)
 * Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy
 * Ceremonial Capital: Ni Alnii’gi (Monument Valley)


 * De Facto Capital: Tota' Haal'a (Farmington)


 * Demographics:
 * Population Density: 0.25/km2
 * Population: 77,000
 * Tota' Haal'a: 2,850
 * Ni Alnii’gi: 200
 * Tsétáłkáá: 1100
 * Oraibi: 1300
 * Dziłghą́’í: 1,900


 * Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné.
 * Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
 * Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
 * Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai.
 * Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples.
 * Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
 * Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
 * Puebloan Religion:
 * Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
 * Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
 * Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and his coming must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
 * Lepai Religion:
 * Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry.
 * Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north.
 * Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé.
 * Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
 * Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,000 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai Civil War/Kemahanan Civil War:
 * Loyalist Actions:
 * Retreat (Also see “Fracture of the Loyalists”): Łį́į́łigaii, ignoring the Secondary Binanit’a’i, orders a massive retreat of all Loyalist forces to the San Juan river valley, as well as the central area between Tota’ Haal’a and Wakiigi. This includes having the force marching to Dilyacoma retreating back into Lepai Territory.
 * Defense of Tota’ Haal’a: Most of the forces forced to retreat are sent to defend Tota’ Haal’a, in preparation for a Zuni
 * Inde Actions:
 * Horse go Skeet Yeet: The Inde occupy large amounts of land as the Loyalists retreat
 * Zuni Actions
 * Conquest of the West: In an effort to skyeet the Loyalists out of the western regions, the Zuni do a massive invasion of the west to connect their territories.


 * Events:
 * Fracture of the Loyalists: With massive instability, the 3 leaders of the Loyalists begin panicking. These few months of indecisiveness lead to the Indé Agallate seeing massive gains for the first few months of 1450 before their Tłá'í'ez’s death.
 * Get Smallpox-ed: Many of the Apache, especially the Lipan, have little immunity to smallpox. Though this barely makes a dent into the Apache population, the Agalli of the Inde Agallate, Tłá'í'ez, dies of smallpox, compounded with pre-existing problems.
 * Woman Warrior: ’Isdzání Góyą́, widow of Tłá'í'ez, assumes control of the Indé Agallate after her husband’s death. She proves to be a capable and vicious leader. Her rule sees territorial gains into the territory of the Lepai Loyalists.
 * Peace with the Nuwu: The Zuni and Loyalists peace out with the Nuwu. (Note, I no longer control the Nuwu, they are an NPC nation)Lepai 6 29.png
 * Death of the Binanit’a’i: In January of 1557, the leader of the Loyalists, Hastiin Chʼilhaajiní, dies, 2 years after his paralysis.
 * Hopi Revolt: Numerous Hopi pueblos rise up against the Zuni. This threatens the Zuni capital of Oraibi, resulting in a halt of the march to Tota’ Haal’a, as soldiers are sent back to fight the Hopi. After being surrounded, the Hopi reach out

to the Inde for help. The Inde happily oblige, and begin invading Zuni territory.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Indé Diplomacy:
 * Askokwins: Okay thanks for the gold we’ll stop

Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana

 * Government: Authoritarian military dictatorship
 * Supreme Leader: 
 * Wokoto Saashiil (1448/1457-)
 * Weroance (historical):
 * Moskatachaw (1384-1421; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Sikankanna (1421-1448; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Thosoye (1448-1457*; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
 * Capital: Tanacoma
 * Summer Capital: Dilyacoma
 * Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
 * Population: 67,040
 * Tanacoma: 10,000
 * Pocahontocoma: 2,290
 * Utemaca: 610
 * Nisinima: 1,500
 * Kanatsasipi: 2,500
 * Iyi Sipi: 2,000
 * Dilyacoma: 4,000
 * Wakiigi: 400
 * Other settled towns and villages: 20,215
 * Nomadic population: 23,525
 * Religion: 35.3% Pocahontist (23,640 ppl), 64.7% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 43,400 ppl)
 * Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
 * Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
 * Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types.
 * Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague.
 * Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
 * Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
 * Ethnicity: 30.7% Wisawen (20,615 ppl), 67.5% Miskawen (45,205 ppl), 1.8% Dinawen (1,220 ppl)
 * Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
 * Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
 * Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). There are a minuscule handful of Askakwen in Kemahana (probably not more than three dozen), mostly being Huastec or Nahua traders from the city of Tamtoc. The few Askakwen in Kemahana are facing increased discrimination due to the rising influence of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, which teaches that the Askawen (as with other "fringe peoples") are evil-serving demons.
 * Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
 * Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
 * Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
 * Kemahanan Military:
 * Loyalist-aligned:
 * Infantry: 1000 (800 reserves)
 * Archers: 750 (700 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1300 (600 reserves)
 * Askokwin-aligned:
 * Infantry: 900 (500 reserves)
 * Archers: 600 (800 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1500 (400 reserves)
 * Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form f secret police under Wokoto's rule.
 * The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai_6_29.pnganan Civil War: The Kemahanan Civil War was an internal conflict in Kemahana sparked by tensions between the nobility and the merchant classes of Kemahana, as well as a personal vendetta between the two main leaders of each side; Wokoto Saashiil and Hisinami Atigishaa. Fighting began in July of 1448, after Hisinami Atigishaa and his merchant guild attempted to break off the southern portions of Kemahana into a separate state (known as the Askokwin Republic) in order to protect the rights of the merchant guilds under Wokoto's Regency.
 * Loyalist Actions:
 * Central Campaign: After a protracted siege, we finally manage to capture Utemaca. Hearing of the rebel acquisition of Pocahontocoma, we send 1250 troops to relieve the city.
 * Dilyacoma or Bust: Most of the rest of our army marches straight to Dilyacoma, the capital of the illegitimate Askokwin Republic. Along the way, any villages unfortunate enough to stand in the way are plundered, their food taken for our troops to eat. They're probably traitors anyways, who cares?
 * Askokwin Actions:
 * March to Tota' Haal'a: After relieving the occupation of Wakiigi by the goddamned Lepai, Hisinami Atigishaa has embarked on a seemingly foolish campaign, sending 1000 soldiers on a march straight to Tota' Haal'a. Deeply saddened and angered by the destruction of his second home, Hisinami has become dead-set on burning the Lepai capital to a smouldering husk.
 * Central Campaign: Mixed news: Pocahontacoma has fallen to our forces, but Utemaca has been taken by Wokoto and his troops. We attempt to take our city back, while leaving a 200-man garrison to defend Pocahontocoma.
 * Plains Campaign: 500 troops are sent to the far east of Kemahana, attempting to take Iyi Sipi in order to secure a stronger strategic position over the Loyalists and allow Akechetan forces to pass without hassle.
 * The Mountains Speak Capitalism: 300 men are sent to take control of the Rocky Mountains, in order to provide an easily-defensable springboard straight into the Loyalist heartland.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Loyalist Diplomacy: N/A
 * Askokwin Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * It's Treason, Then: Over the past few years, Wokoto Saashiil ruled (loyalist) Kemahana under a proxy: the child Weroance Thosoye. However, Thosoye would grow up, becoming a striking and ambitious adolescent. He would grow to resent being a mere pawn of Wokoto, and always looked for a way out. On 14 April 1457, Thosoye, with the help of increasingly disaffected nobles and Askokwin spies, would attempt to murder Wokoto in his sleep. However, with the blade an inch from his throat, Wokoto would suddenly wake up, discovering this attempt on his life. Wokoto would decide to be lenient on the child-king and his cronies, merely exiling them instead of hanging them in the central square of Tanacoma. Thosoye and those other perpetrators Wokoto had exiled would eventually make their way across the Rockies, to the shores of the Great Salt Lake, where they would help a local Shoshone chief take over a large swath of territory, creating the Wasatsa Kingdom.
 * To Be A Kemahanan Is To Love Supreme Leader Wokoto: Wokoto would not bother to nominate a successor to the monarchy, preferring to do away with the title of Weroance altogether. Although not creating an official title for himself, Wokoto Saashiil would invariably refer himself as the Supreme Leader of Kemahana. He would use the assassination attempt to gain even more favor with the populace, presenting himself as the only sane choice in a world of backstabbing nobles, greedy merchants, and murderous kings (The nobles betrayed the people of Kemahana. The merchants stole Kemahana's great wealth. Even the Kings are not to be trusted. Only Supreme Leader Wokoto will help the people of Kemahana). Becoming the first populist dictator of the Americas, Wokoto would continue to keep his iron grip on the nation, now hunting down nobles and tax-evading merchants more than ever before, and "disappearing" anyone who even dared speak out against Wokoto's rule.
 * No Quarter For Traitors: Wokoto would not treat the rebel combatants kindly, so to speak. His main strategy for disposing of the pesky Askokwin rebels was to, in his own words, "kill everyone taller than my sword", like immediately after the capture of Utemaca, where his forces would slaughter around 80% of the population of the city. Any city, town, and village unfortunate enough to have originally sided with the rebels would be crushed under the Supreme Leader's iron boot.
 * I Had A Farm Once...: With the widespread strife across much of Kemahana, many people who were left destitute or had their livelihoods and farms destroyed by the war would begin flooding into the cities, especially in Tanacoma, which would become by far the largest settlement west of the Mississippi and north of the Rio Grande, at 10 thousand residents. These people would form massive slums just inside or outside the city walls, and would live in makeshift tents and tepees in abject poverty. It would be this population that would carry the teachings of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel...
 * Death to Mesoamerica: As Kemahana burned to the ground, a certain man was ready to exploit that for his own benefit. Slaanéesh Hónághaahnii and his Cult of the Fifth Wheel would begin to truly come into vogue between 1455 and 1465. Kemahanan society was unravelling over the wanton death and destruction over the Kemahanan Civil War, and many were questioning where Pocahontas and the gods were during the bloodbath of a war. Slaanéesh Hónághaahnii would provide answers and a scapegoat for a broken population. His message of killing the "Fringe Peoples" for eternal peace would resonate throughout the Kemahanan population, sparking irrational hate of the Askakwens (Mesoamericans) across the fractured Kemahanan nation.

Dual Principality of Munich

 * Government: Feudal Elective Diarchy
 * Princess: Marie I Welf-Schwerin (b.1436, r.1456-)
 * Prince: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b. 1430, r. 1456-)
 * Countess: Margaret I Schwerin (b. 1414, r. 1436-)
 * Count: Vladimir I Rosenheim (b. 1413, r. 1456-)
 * Count: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435, r.1456-)
 * Countess: Alexandra I Welf (b. 1410, r. 1451-)
 * Sucession Law: The eldest group of heirs will become the rulers, except if first born of one or both of the lead rulers, gender does not matter
 * Offices:
 * Diplomatic Advisor: Otto Rosenheim-Sinope (b.1435)
 * Administrative Advisor: Hansel Sinope-Ingolstadt (b. 1432)
 * Military Advisor: Franz Sinope (b.1439)
 * Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
 * Royal Tutor: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435)
 * Marshal: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b.1430)
 * Master of the Guard: Vladimir I Rosenheim (b.1413)
 * High Priest: Franz Rosenheim (b.1422)
 * Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich (b.1430)
 * Court Jester: Hans the Dwarf of Munich (b.1410)
 * Steward: Johannes Schwerin-Rosenheim (b. 1440)
 * Physician: Ernst Dachau (b.1431)
 * Spymaster: Johan Ingolstadt (b.1435)
 * Court Chaplain: Sigfrid "the Chaste" Schwerin (b.1402)
 * Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
 * Capital: Munich
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 265,000
 * Ethnicities: 92% German, 8% other
 * Religion: Roman Catholic
 * City Population:
 * Munich: 40,000
 * Rosenheim: 20,000
 * Ingolstadt: 20,000
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * Government Reform: we reform the govenment into an Elective Diarchy, and we allow our princes and princesses to have other offices
 * Diplomacy:
 * Valcanor: we send the First Division to help and thank them for the money
 * Army:
 * Immortals: 1000
 * Leader: Vladimir I Rosenheim
 * 200 heavy knights
 * 100 horse archers
 * 300 heavy halberdmen
 * 100 arquebuses
 * 50 hand culverins
 * 250 hand cannons
 * First Division: 5000 (+1200) (Hired out of the country)
 * General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope
 * 1000 light cavalrymen
 * 1000 light halberdmen
 * 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
 * 400 crossbowmen
 * 1000 archers
 * 200 longbowmen
 * 400 horse archers
 * Support Units:
 * 400 supply carts
 * Artillery and Siege Equipment: 800
 * 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
 * 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
 * 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
 * 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
 * 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
 * 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)

Valcanor

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
 * King: Henry IV (Ruling since 1454)
 * Queen: Lela, 1415- (Ruling since 1454)
 * Others:
 * Princess Selina, 1411- (In Westria as Queen)
 * Prince Lazaro, 1415- (Campaigning in Naples)
 * Notable Past Monarchs:
 * Agustin III (1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
 * Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (1388-, Ruled 1449 to 1454, Stepped down)
 * Economy: With the union with Castile, the Beso begins to be used in Valcan cities. The Valcan Beso is made the official currency of Valcanor, with a conversion rate of 1 to 1 between the Castilian and Valcan Besos. Unfortunately, many good vineyards, orchards and fields are destroyed in the war.
 * Capital: Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~4,173,135
 * Valencia: 309,900
 * Barcelona: 301,380
 * Perrogo: 260,072
 * Murcia: ~100,000
 * Tarragona: 188,975
 * Andorra: 182,928
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~2,830,930
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * 90.6% Spanish (Valencian descent)
 * 1% Spanish (other descent)
 * .6% North African
 * .5% French
 * 2.3% Other
 * Religion:
 * 98.2% Roman Catholic
 * ~1.4% Arzham
 * ~2% Other
 * Military: 62,600 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 11,670 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
 * 10,410 Spearmen
 * 7,500 Cavalrymen
 * 3,745 Knights and Royal Guards
 * 4,550 Heavy Infantry
 * 8,995 Standard Bowmen
 * 7,700 Longbowmen
 * 7,325 Crossbowmen
 * 450 Cannon-men
 * 95 Arquebusiers
 * 860 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
 * 310,000 Reserve Troops
 * 200,000 active
 * 75,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
 * 75,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
 * 50,000 Cavalrymen
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 60 Battering Rams
 * 83 Catapults
 * 54 Trebuchets
 * 4 Siege Towers
 * 65+ Large Cannons
 * 110+ Small Cannons
 * 115 Arquebuses
 * Navy:
 * 88 Transports
 * 77 Cargo Ships
 * 7 Large Transports
 * 100+ Merchant Ships
 * 16 Sea Riders
 * 2 in Biscay fleet, 14 in Mediterranean fleet
 * 11 Naval Kings
 * 2 in Biscay fleet, 9 in Mediterranean fleet
 * Location
 * Mauretanian front: 73.5%
 * Neapolitan front: 25%
 * Westria: ~1.5%

Events:
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sicily-Naples War: The land taken by Laszlofold in Sardinia is annexed. The troops under Lazaro’s command in the West hold the line while the troops in the East sweep north across the countryside and work with Sicilian troops to conquer Bruta. (Will add numbers later)
 * Re-Re-Reconquista: Same strategy as last time. All troops in Iberia attempt to push back with new technology.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Various Christian States: You do not wish for Iberia to fall to pagans again, do you? We would appreciate assistance, even if just in the form of food or weapons.
 * Munich: Since we were forced out of Mauretania, your mercenaries there will join the rest in Naples.
 * White Traders from Europe, Part 10 (Finale): Looters and invaders from Valcanor, Munich, Genoa, and other nations fight hard for Medilla and Orrato, but as we begin to lose our grip in Iberia and the seas surrounding the cities we are forced to pull back. Before we go, we burn many of the buildings left in the city to the ground. Meanwhile further East, a large amount of pirate ships from Valeris and Tlemcen are captured or destroyed in a battle near Caralis.
 * Rebel Prince, Part 1: Prince Lazaro of Valcanor has left Valcanor for good it seems, angry that a Castilian is sitting on the Valcan throne. Declaring himself the new Prince of Laszlofold, he commands Laszlofold and Valcanor’s troops in Naples, hoping to find better fortune there.
 * A Big Bang, Part 8: More Arquebuses are made.
 * The Abandoned Hero, Part 1: Hanzila Suazo, a Valcan soldier sent to defend Constantinople from the Atouman siege, was abandoned by his allies while in need of medical assistance. Hanzila was captured and sent to the western reaches of the Atouman realm as a slave. Determined to find a way out and back to freedom, he began forming a plan to escape, After three years of labor and toil, he snuck out in the middle of the night out into the deserts and towards the shore, where he planned to slip across the border into Chaldea and escape on a boat to anywhere but Atouman land.

Mod Events

 * Terror of the White Raven (Part 11): Have you heard of the Tale off the Old White Raven? Morgan de Noyon, having heard of the Paladins in Vilmnatz in need against the Atouman forces, decided to have a last revenge and payback against the Atouman forces for Constantinople. He is getting older and older, Morgan could feel slight tremble when he tightly grips a sword now. That didn't stop him, he left he left as soon as Remanus ordered the impalement of thousands of prisoners. Morgan stuck around until his daughter, Frederique de Noyon, discovered him in early 1463. Morgan attempted to convince her to leave, as it is too dangerous, but every time he does, she counters and tell him that he should do the same under his condition. Frederique is Morgan's daughter, alright. Having little choice, that Frederique refuses to leave until Morgan does, she joined him. It took Morgan a bit to realize the curious "Little Robin" is little no more. Many times she narrowly avoided death, earning her the nickname the 'Lucky Robin'. Also, later that year, Morgan notices that Frederique is spending a lot more time with Remanus lately as she gets settled in...
 * Blood Crow (Part 2): It was a dark night when Maeve, Shauna, Remanus, and Joanna (raised by Maeve and Shauna after Constantinople) was attacked by an unknown group of people. Maeve told everyone to 'run', as she holds them off and that she will catch up later. She said of a letter kept away from the soldiers containing secrets and clues to a long lost treasure. It was probably a trick of the eye, but before Remanus could go, he saw Maeve's eyes flashed red and her teeth felt much more sharper. The way she moved against what seems to be soldiers had led Remanus to believe that Maeve was akin to what would today now be called a 'vampire', though Remanus would describe vampiric entities as synonymous with 'maeves' or 'dumorts'. Remanus believed his brother, who is King of Vilmnatz at the time, had blood on his hands for the death of Maeve Dumort. The King's power was supported by the Atouman forces, this led to Remanus believing Iskendir II of Atoumans were involved as well. Joanna (Palaiologos), actually believes that the answer to Maeve's sacrifice may lie in Britain. Regardless, Remanus III had gained support of Matthias Corvinus of Eskos in a written letter to lend him a force that would take back the throne of Vilmnatz and fight against the Atoumans. By 1462, Remanus III managed to raise a force in an attempt to take down Iskendir II. Iskendir went and send a forces to briefly hold the Vilmnatz capital before returning to the camp. He was horrified to see thousands of men impaled on stakes/spikes. Iskendir decided to go home afterwards
 * Dreamcatcher: Akecheta has a dream. When he was a child in what was once called Kickapoo, he heard rumors of a vast body of water bigger than the rivers or lakes. It is said to stretch across the horizon to the ends of the earth. He was astounded by the supposed 'fairy tales' that had come from afar. Stories passed down from generations that if one travels far enough, they will reach a sea so vast that it stretches beyond eyesight. When he became leader of Kickapoo, he was willing to put in brute force to have his people travel far to reach the horizons, where they will realize the dreams of the vast waters coming true.
 * The House of Medici: Hailing from Tuscany, the House of Medici is a banking family that first gained prominence under Cosimo de' Medici. The Medici Bank is the largest of its kind in Europe in the 15th Century and it facilitated their rise to power. The Medici are patron of the arts, and with their wealth effectively brought Florence under their power, creating an environment for art and humanism to flourish. Them, among with other prominent families in Italy (such as the Visconti, Sforza, Este, Borgia and Gonzaga) has inspired the Italian Renaissance.
 * Fall of Chaldea: With the fall of Sinope and Trapezus, Chaldea, arguably the last Roman remnant state, was duly conquered by the Atouman Empire in 1461.
 * Tensions in the Steppes: Years of tribal tension and succession crises have seen the power of the Golden Horde gradually waning, particularly in the easter regions. With the ongoing discord, the Kazakh Khanate declares independence, drives the ruling class of the Golden Horde out of Astana and proclaims the city their own capital. Further east, the vast Chagatai Khanate has also seen internal problems, which, in time, will start to show problems of its own.
 * The Re-Reconquista: In the next five years, with the Iberians' damnest efforts, they managed to slow down the Mauretanian march, but not enough. Infidel forces are within spitting distance of Valencia, meanwhile also threatening the major city of Toledo. France, while already in a pickle, declines help; but assistance was lent in the form of volunteers and condottieri.
 * Demands for Peace: Tired of Westria's arguably 'unjust' participation in the war against Naples, numerous princes have signed a formal request for the Emperor to exit the war on status quo.
 * The War of the Lizard Gods (Part 1): The Krokezian dynasty came to an end after ruling for over a century through a war that broke the kingdom in half. The Mortal Bearer, Mago'zal died on 1463 from mysterious causes. The 14-year old heir, Kurokaru was ineligible to become the next Mortal Bearer around that time, which led to dispute with two powerful leaders from two powerful regions. Pakhu from the Khorn'kor region, where the former Khorne cultists have resided and had enough of long rulership ruled by an Amekrogian, a western Lustrian. Mer'ku, who wanted the kingdom for herself, saw the opportunity to usurp the kingdom for herself, finally ending the divine rule that is set by Krokezal a century ago. Kurokaru however, still had a strong following as she was a direct descendant of Krokezal, the one who spread his own set of beliefs regarding the Lizard Gods after allegedly going up north. Mer'ku claimed that this was a fallacy and stated that he never went to the lands of the north and that it was fabricated by him and his followers so that he could take power. By 1464, Mer'ku raised an army and tried to install herself as the next Mortal Bearer in Amekrog while Kurokaru was away, but it was met with resistance in the palace. However, Mer'ku's own group of warriors fought back valiantly, which sparked a succession war. Meanwhile in the west, Pakhu rose as a competent rival and took power in Gkor. It seems that this kingdom will finally fall after surviving the plight of the cultists just almost a century ago and floods that began wrecking havoc on the mighty cities of Lustria

NPC Events

 * Atoumans: They invade Vilmnatz in support of their "puppet" king against Remanus Perfictor, they strike at the capital of Vilmnatz before returning home feeling victorious... not without trauma....
 * Andhra: They secede from Odisha.
 * Malwa, Sura: They secede from Rashtrakuta.
 * Mysore: They secede from Vijayanagara
 * Rashtrakuta: Following decades of turmoil within Rashtrakuta, the kingdom fragments, which leads to the rise of the Dekkan Kingdom
 * Delhi: They conquer Gondwana

The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Diarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Pendragon: Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - )
 * Son: Gawain (M, b. 1447 - )
 * Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1453 - )
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - )
 * Sister: Aurelia (F, b. 1399 - )
 * Mordue: Lionel (M, b. 1388 - ) (Reign: 1430 - )
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - )
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - )
 * Casimir (M, b. 1452 - )
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - )
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Events Deceased Log
 * Population:
 * British Isles: 4.2 million
 * France: 6.5 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * Became the headquarters of the Red Drakes
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Became the headquarters of the White Drakes
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Wars and Conflicts
 * Internal Divide: With the main advisor of both families sowing seeds of destruction into the royal families, the stage is slowly being set for a large conflict to come.
 * War of the Drakes: A huge civil war between the two royal families of Albion, with the Mordue’s to the north (White Drakes) and the Pendragon’s to the south (Red Drakes). Though the Red Drakes have the industrial advantage, due to the defensive structures on both sides of the frontlines, neither side is able to accomplish a decisive victory, as the war of attrition begins.
 * Armed Forces
 * Total: 289,550 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 225,550
 * Britain: 64,000
 * What once was a home defense force now clashes against one another.
 * Rough numbers:
 * Red Drakes: 35,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 7,000
 * Longbow Archers: 10,000
 * Arquebusiers: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 7,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,220
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * White Drakes: 29,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 8,000
 * Longbow Archers: 5,000
 * Arquebusiers: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 6,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 1,500
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * French Defense Force: 153,200
 * Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
 * Rough Numbers:
 * Frontline Infantry: 15,000
 * Arquebusiers: 33,000
 * Dual-purpose Infantry: 30,000
 * Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
 * Longbow Archers: 25,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
 * Field Artillerymen: 9,200
 * Field cannons: 5,000
 * Logistical Support: 26,000
 * Consists of a plethora of dual-purpose infantrymen, able to use both crossbows and swords in combat, in addition to longbowmen and heavy cavalry.
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown.
 * Pertaining to the War of the Drakes, the roundtable knights stuck with their respective sides (depending on where they were birthed)
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * (Most of) Pendragon Family
 * (Most of) Mordue Family
 * George Cromwell II of Cotswold
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * Red Drakes:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 60
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 30
 * White Drakes:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 80
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 20
 * Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
 * Naval Vessels: With the civil war underway, the Red Drakes allocated more resources towards development of these large warships, with the hopes that these ships would be able to allow the Red Drakes to open up a new front further north.
 * Arquebusiers: Development is directed towards reliability of these firearms by both sides.
 * Flintlock Rifles and McCarthy Arms Company: Shauna McCarthy, though widowed in semi-recent times, pushes forward, and creates McCarthy Arms Company, a firearm company in Birmingham.  Due to Shauna's experience in wielding firearms, though a young company, after a few years, the company's firearms are like no other in terms of reliability, with a significantly decreased chance of self-detonation than other firearms (relatively speaking).
 * Moreover, the company begins development on a lighter arquebus, eventually paving the way for the first flintlock rifles in existence.
 * 1,500 Light Infantry (White Drakes)
 * 2,000 Light Infantry (Red Drakes)
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * European Neighbors: In the attempt to break the stalemate, both sides ask around for aid (whether in the form of mercenaries or actual support). Though the increase in manpower would be helpful, neither side was able to break through each other’s defenses.
 * War of the Drakes (Part 2): Generally speaking, the war quickly turned into a stalemate, with defensive structures constructed on both sides of the line preventing one side from advancing without taking heavy casualties. From lessons learned from the 200 Years’ War, both sides dug in and were difficult to dig out. As such, though the Red Drakes had the larger army, by 1465, neither side could push through each others’ lines to move the engagement along.
 * The Might of the Red Fleet: Since the Red Drakes had both the skilled naval builders and the shipyards to continue pumping out ships, the Red Drakes have a significant naval advantage to their White Drake counterparts. However, most of the ships are sent to escort Unarmored Albion Trading Vessels (due to the prevailing piracy in the Mediterranean), so the most the Red Drakes can do is blockade the White Drakes from getting outside support. Though some resources and manpower can get past the blockade, the effects could be felt by the White Drakes, as they begin to slowly cut down on rations to account for the time when food will become a scarcity.
 * British-French Neutrality: Both sides request aid from the British commanders in France. While some do sail across the channel to support their respective sides, most remain in France, mainly because of the British commander in charge of France, George Cromwell II of Cotswald. Refusing to leave his post on the off chance that the French would advance, he made sure that enough British troops stayed in France to prevent a complete collapse of the line in the event of a French invasion, mainly focusing his forces at important strongholds while keeping his cavalry in reserve to allow for quick response on a moment’s notice.
 * Due to the separation, though, those in France begin to think of themselves more as French than British.
 * Forbidden Chains: Childhood friends Abigail and Casimir were inseparable, but even friendships cannot stop a war, as the two are separated once the conflict between the Mordue’s and Pendragons went hot. Yet, the two would continue to meet in secret. Seems that friendships are stronger than you’d expect.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429): Slain by Joan of Arc
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Perished on the frontlines
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431, burnt at the stake)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)

Wanka Empire

 * Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * Monarch:
 * Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
 * Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
 * Interim (1434 - 1438)
 * Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
 * Pachacuti (r. 1438 - present) (b. 1409)
 * Heir: Pachacuti (II) (b. 1439)
 * Pretenders: N/A
 * Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
 * Capital: Wankapampa
 * Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place. A centralised planned economy is being partially implemented, while a 'tax' system is imposed to ensure that gold and silver flows into Machu Picchu, who Pachacuti sees as his own palace whenever he wishes to take a break (but not now as of this climate). Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 659,000
 * Wankapampa: 14,500
 * Lima: 8,000
 * Ica: 1,300
 * Nazca: 8,200
 * Qusqu: 16,000
 * Abancay: 2,000
 * Orcopampa: 1,900
 * Arequipa: 900
 * Atacama: 2,000
 * Huachacalla: 1,200
 * Culture: 77% Quechua/Chirip, 33% Quechua/Sedena
 * Religion: 100% Inca pantheon
 * Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
 * Northern Army: 1700 soldiers
 * 150 elite warriors
 * 300 spearmen
 * 250 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 400 axemen/clubmen
 * First Southern Army / Colla Offensive: 2790 soldiers
 * 30 elite warriors
 * 760 spearmen
 * 400 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 1000 axemen/clubmen
 * Second Southern Army: 2050 soldiers
 * 500 spearmen
 * 350 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 600 axemen/clubmen
 * Overall:
 * 180 elite warriors
 * 1560 spearmen
 * 1000 slingers
 * 1800 archers
 * 2000 axemen/clubmen
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Colla: (see Let It Die Please)
 * Kunza, Pacajes and Charcas: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Let It Die Please (Colla): As Pachacuti slowly realised that their resistance against the integration of Wanka Empire was going to be a hard time for his empire, Pachacuti on 1460 suddenly decided to split the army into three, with one heavily focusing on the destruction of Colla and full subjugation. Scorched earth policy however, is not permitted, but new tactics are being made to uproot Colla ultimately. Workers from the construction site of Machu Picchu were relocated to the frontline to build camps and holes. Over 2,800 troops are sent to push an offensive through to occupy Puno and eventually Collasuyu. All of them used surprise attacks to weaken smaller armies of Colla, who are thought to be morally superior, thus Wanka could eliminate 50-70% of the army. These soldiers would hide in the mountains and hills. It is hoped that by the end of 1465, the annexation of Colla would be achieved or at least occupy Puno as a fallback option, with Collasuyu besieged. Pachacuti is increasingly impatient on this sheer resistance (even giving hints of obsession over taking Collausyu) and hopes that the fall of Colla will be achieved before his death.
 * The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti (Part 5): Meanwhile, the rest of the Wanka military outside of the Colla and northern front is allocated to the subjugation of Kunza, Pacajes and Charca (whcih is currently out of the question thanks to the Colla resistance, man is Pachacuti getting obsessed over it?). There is still some focus to it as he still wanted to ensure that both armies are equally supplied well, but Pachacuti is still angry over the existence of Colla. Kunza is to be annexed, with Tiwanaku at least being occupied, along with most of the northern half of Pacajes.
 * Script Stealing (Part 3, will be rpt.): The so-called Inca script, which is actually a set of pictographs that are now structured and formalised, continue to spread across the Wanka Empire throughout the 1460s and 1470s.
 * The Spot for a New Settlement (Part 3): There has been setbacks in construction unexpectedly. Although gold and treasury are slowly piling up in completed structures and storage for it is being stashed somewhere, Pachacuti has started making considerations of also making Machu Picchu a place for his own residence and vacation. This adds onto the new plans and buildings that would require the Sapa Wanka to enjoy. Not to mention that the failed conquest of Colla, which had resisted the hands of Wanka for the past ten years had led to workers being diverted and ending up fighting and digging for Wanka. It was mostly out of frustration that he couldn't end the existence of Colla. (so far, this is 60% complete)

Kingdom of Imerina
Green: Possible lands annexed from tribes joining the Imerina realm.]]
 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andrianamboniravina (B 1429, alive) (R 1456-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have gradual trade between us. The economy is rather obviously affected by the fucking raiders on our fucking shores, fuck them. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such.
 * Allies: Betsimisaraka and various Malagasy tribes (temporarily and non-official)
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 515 000 total
 * Ambanja: 8 100
 * Mahajanga: 3 000
 * Rural regions: ca 504 000
 * Ethnicities: 99,5% Malagasy (divided into 75% Merina and 25% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 0,5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
 * Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Under Attack: For several years we've defended our lands from raids enacted by the vicious Order of Avesta to varying degrees of success. During this time as well, Ahuric advisors and diplomats have assisted us by giving us two (and later an additional ten) military ships, which they also proceed to demonstrate. A few of the most experienced sailors are educated to be able to operate these. Thus, they are readied and patrol the coast on a semi-regular basis, fighting back whenever raiders attempt to well... raid us. Plans are also made to find where these brigands come from and to attack them and give them a taste of their own medicine and stop their actions once and for all.
 * Battle of Mahajanga: See Events.
 * Military: Ca 1% of our population is our regularly available manpower that we can deploy for warfare, thus being ca 5 000 man. As a result of raising young men to be warriors and new policy from the king, higher amounts of soldiers are raised.
 * Deployed units: All
 * 4 500 Spearmen
 * 3 000 Bowmen
 * 750 Fossa Warriors
 * Determinant amount of volunteers/assisting units from outside our borders
 * Navy:
 * 6 transport ships
 * 12 Ahuric military ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Order of Avesta or whatever the fuck their name is: Die, dogs!
 * Betsimisaraka and various Malagasy tribes nearby: We thank you for your help, it is most gracious.
 * Ahuric Empire: We accept the gift of ten additional Ahuric ships. Their advisors help teach our military to use these types of ships and how naval combat works at all.
 * Events:
 * Tsilavohery and  Rakotomanjato (3): First, the shrine for Andrianamponga is built by Andrianamboniravina, to show respect as is tradition and also to make it look like he didn't kill his brother for the throne. Still, Rakotomanjato is not on board with his reign. He spends 1460 and part of 1461 in Betsimisaraka, writing and attempting to gather followers of his cause. In August of 1461 Rakotomanjato returns to Imerina and does a Beer Hall Putsch before that even is a thing. Basically he calls upon peasantry to join him and overthrow the "usurper" that is the current king. And just like the putsch, he fails, as he doesn't get farther than Mahajanga. The Battle of Mahajanga in September 1461 is bloody and horrible, resulting in several deaths but a victory for Andrianamboniravina, Tsilavohery also volunteered as a soldier and was wounded but survived, putting him out of his work for a few months. Still, Rakotomanjato manges to escape before being captured and leave the realm. Nobles request that the traitor is hunted down, but Andrianamboniravina refuses to send out soldiers to search, believing it would anger and intimidate stateless tribes all over the island. Unbeknownst to the Merina, he migrates to the lands of the Bara people and tries his hand at ruling on his own by unifiying a few tribes. (fyi staff, Rakotomanjato is about 42 years old)[[File:Madagascar1465.png|thumb|220x220px|Madagasikara some time after the Battle of Mahajanga.
 * The Start of the Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
 * Warrior Culture: After the victory against Rakotomanjato, the brave Fossa Warriors are given an honorary ceremony and the rank becomes very prestigious. Some of them even get the chance to become personal bodyguards of the royal court.
 * Borders: Borders didn't change this turn and Luka said on discord that at least some tribes would join so check the map. If that expansion is okay pl0x add. If not, just give me a little.
 * Ndahimananjara:  Ndahimananjara is a young fossa warrior who fought valiantly against the rebels. He is involved in imprisoning the captured rebels post-battle and later returns to his home village in the very southeast where his presence gathers popularity between the various villages there and already he is chieftain of several of them.

Kingdom of Osnerol

 * Government: Absolute monarchy
 * King:
 * Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
 * Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
 * Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
 * Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
 * Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
 * Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - present)
 * Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
 * Parliament: None
 * Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
 * Capital: Monalba
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 399,500 (87% Osnerolese, 5% Taino, 4% Apalachee, 3.5% Creek, 0.5% others)
 * Religion: 96% Osnerolese religion, 4% others
 * Military: 7,990 manpower total
 * Army: 3,900 soldiers
 * Navy: 4,090 sailors (83 ships)
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Apalachee War: More men are recruited to fight the Apalachee. 23,900 troops continue the march north, while 8,000 troops are sent to push the Apalachee out of Osnerol and retake the lower Alabama and Mobile River.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Megas Athenais: As an ally, could you help us out with the Apalachee tribes?
 * Events (IDK what else to write, I published this turn in a rush lmao):
 * The King is Dead. Long Live the King!: Koyum Nas died of natural causes in 1458, and his son, Bikem Mitza, succeeded him.

Kingdom of Castille and Leon

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (King): Henry IV (1454 -)
 * Economy: The economy is tanking huge hits as the wars and conscription are causing money to not go so well.
 * Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Granada, Agousta          Secret Anti-Valcanor Alliance: Castille-Leon, Naples
 * Capital: Madrid
 * Demographics
 * Population - 5,850,356
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 6% Arzham 1% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 375,000
 * Toledo - 351,000
 * Cordoba - 365,000
 * Burgos - 275,000
 * Leon-  305,00
 * La Coruna - 205,000
 * Oviedo - 157,000
 * Rural - 3,113,00
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 250,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 20,000
 * Garofe - 30,000
 * Malaga - 20,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Military - 420,000
 * Archers - 140,000
 * Longbow - 100,000
 * Crossbow - 90,000
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 30,000
 * Cavalry - 21,000
 * Heavy - 7,750
 * Light - 6,350
 * Super Light - 6,150
 * Standard Knights - 25,250
 * Pikemen - 173,500
 * Men at Arms - 37,250
 * Arquebusers - 57,000
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 195
 * Ballista - 165
 * Cannons - 255
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 150
 * Converted Merchant Ships - 100
 * Floating Fortresses - 300
 * Sea Falcons - 335
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Mauretanian Front - Garrisoning Madrid, Toledo, and Valencia, are 80,000 men each. The rest of the army is prepared to strike at the flanks should the enemy advance to far, and hopefully annihilate their armies there.
 * Diplomacy -​​​​​​
 * Albion, France - If you didn't notice, there's quite a lot of pagans down south that are advancing deep into the lands of a fellow Christian kingdom, if they will win, well you've seen it before many years ago. You want that to happen to happen again?
 * Italian States - Same as for Albion and France
 * Valcanor, Lazlofold - Their troops are ordered to instantly pull back to the peninsula to defend against the Mauretanians. We also order them to stop their dumb war with the Italians officially as well. Lazaro is ordered to come back as well or face exile or treason in the homeland.
 * Events
 * The Last Mortal Battle - There is nothing that should be spared now, pensions are completely cut as are other various budgets used by the nobility, taxes are also heavily increased and regulated directly to the army. Scorched Earth tactics are used as our troops are pushed back by the Mauretanians. The armies are ordered to gather around Toledo, Valencia, and Madrid. Religion continues to be heavily emphasized and enemy prisoners continue to be publicly executed in front of them. Charges and fires are prepared for the cities of Valencia and Toledo in case they are captured. Various other lands on the flanks are also ordered to be destroyed in the retreat.
 * Protect the Merchants (Part 11) - The shipyards now are not required as the land war is mosts critical.
 * Learning from our Allies (Part 11) - Arquebuses start losing favor as the Mauretanians just straight up charge the troops.
 * A very loud Bang (Part 10) - Nothing is spared, cannons are now being pulled straight into formations and onto the front lines.
 * Oh Look, an Island! (Part 9) - The people of the Islands find an unusual peace this time, as we are occupied with the war.
 * Securing the Island  - Control loosens a bit over the islands, but they are still run as usual.
 * Succession - Henry IV ascends to the throne of Castile-Leon and Valcanor, he is noted for staying up at very late times to write letters to the governers to raise armies and sometimes commanding them himself.

Lepai

 * Government: Tribal Confederation
 * Binanit’a’i (Lepai Loyalists): Łį́į́łigaii (1457-1464)
 * Aghá'łíí (Indé Agallate): Tłá'í'ez (1448-1450), ’Isdzání Góyą́ (1450-)
 * Chieftain (Zuni): Sowa Wattsida (1450-)


 * Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy
 * Capital; Tsétáłkáá (El Paso)
 * Demographics:
 * Population Density: 0.25/km2
 * Population: 77,000
 * Tota' Haal'a: 2,850
 * Ni Alnii’gi: 200
 * Tsétáłkáá: 1100
 * Oraibi: 1300
 * Dziłghą́’í: 1,900
 * Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné.
 * Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
 * Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
 * Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai.
 * Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples.
 * Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
 * Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
 * Puebloan Religion:
 * Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
 * Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
 * Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
 * Lepai Religion:
 * Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry.
 * Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north.
 * Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé.
 * Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
 * Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,000 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai Civil War/Kemahanan Civil War:
 * Loyalist Actions:
 * Defense and Siege of Tota’ Haal’a: As the Askokwin force nears Tota’ Haal’a, Łį́į́łigaii orders all forces to defend the area around Tota’ Haal’a. However, as the siege nears, a significant portion of Loyalist troops don’t retreat. Having to make do with the meager garrison of 200, and a force of 1,900.
 * Zuni Actions:
 * Capture of the West: 2,000 men are sent to sweep up the remaining cities in the western areas of the Lepai realm.
 * Inde Actions:
 * Encircling the Askokwins: While most of their forces are in the south razing Tota’ Haal’a, a force of 2,500 men moves north, seeking to remove the bulk of the Askokwin force from their homeland.
 * Encircling the Zuni: In late 1464, the Inde begin trying to cut off the Zuni mainland from their capital with a force of 2500 men.
 * Events:Lepai 7 3.png
 * Betrayal: Turns out, Tábąąh Dlǫ́ʼi had taken a bribe given by the Zuni. This resulted in his 2,600 men not showing up to the site of the siege, and instead being sent home or to fight the Inde Agallate in the south.
 * Fall of Tota’ Haal’a: In 1464, after many months, the city of Tota’ Haal’a finally falls to the invading Askokwin forces.
 * Surrender of the Loyalists: During the final days of the siege, Łį́į́łigaii manages to miraculously escape the Askokwin host and enters Inde territory. He pledges loyalty to the Inde, and his 500 or so remaining men join Inde ranks.
 * An Inconspicuous Birth: In a Hoogan north of Dziłghą́’í, a child is born. He is named Tłʼiish Bichóhí, after the sidewinder, a snake which dwells in the mesas of the American Southwest.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Leon II "the old" Hohenstaufen (B 1384 - 1463), (R 1403 - 1463)
 * Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
 * Head of the Government
 * Leader of the Council Count Carl von Rich (B 1405 - still alive), (R 1462 - present) (De facto)
 * Government: Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 16,070
 * Konr: Population: 8,935
 * Rich: Population: 11,080
 * Polanum: Population: 12,380
 * Bozn: Population: 14,210
 * Trieste: 13,000
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 1,186,720
 * Total population: 1,242,055
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 95% Westrian, 4% Venetian, 1% others
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * The Naples War: Ended, we have withdrawn all our support by 1461 and all our volunteers and other troops.
 * Chief Commander: Konrad Hiltzen (B 1387 - still alive), (R 1431 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Spearmen: 4,300
 * Swordmen: 2,620
 * Bowmen: 2,410
 * Cavalry: 2,430
 * Crossbowmen: 1,440
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 12
 * Cog: 12
 * Hoy: 1
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 3
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 55
 * Arquebus: 4
 * Events:
 * Death of Leon II: On the 26th of September in 1463 Leon II the old passed away at the age of 79. He was succeded by his son bot has Emperor and as Archduke. Leon II leaves the world knowing that his greates failure was arguably the one in Naples though he managed to defeat the threat of hersey extremists in Boiheim.
 * Wien council demand: After our failed expidition to Naples the Wien council or what is left of it have demanded powers being handed to them this will effectively give more powers to the nobles, generals and the bishops in the council. The ageing Leon II reluctantly agreed not wanting this to happen again in 1462 the Wien council was empowered once again to a more powerful position within the Westrian state and the leader of the council became de facto second leader. After that Friedrich VII succeded his father he feels more or less like a puppet of the Wien council.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Several princes: We accept your request. There is no reason to fight in this war anymore.

Valcanor
Events:
 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
 * King: Henry IV (Ruling since 1454)
 * Queen: Lela, 1415- (Ruling since 1454)
 * Others:
 * Princess Selina, 1411- (In Westria as Queen)
 * Prince Lazaro, 1415- (Campaigning in Naples)
 * Notable Past Monarchs: 
 * Agustin III (1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
 * Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (1388-1462, Ruled 1449 to 1454, stepped down, died in sleep)
 * Economy: With the union with Castile, the Beso begins to be used in Valcan cities. The Valcan Beso is made the official currency of Valcanor, with a conversion rate of 1 to 1 between the Castilian and Valcan Besos. Unfortunately, many good vineyards, orchards and fields are destroyed in the war.
 * Capital: Valencia (Government in Madrid)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~4,340,060
 * Valencia: 75,560
 * Barcelona: 72,655
 * Perrogo: 64,410
 * Murcia: ~22,600
 * Tarragona: 48,500
 * Andorra: 47,125
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~4,009,210
 * Ethnic Groups: 
 * 89.6% Spanish (Valencian descent)
 * 3% Spanish (other descent)
 * 5.6% North African
 * .5% French
 * 1.3% Other
 * Religion: 
 * 93.8% Roman Catholic
 * ~5.2% Arzham
 * ~1% Other
 * Military: 65,100 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 9,670 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
 * 9,410 Spearmen
 * 9,400 Cavalrymen
 * 3,545 Knights and Royal Guards
 * 7,445 Heavy Infantry
 * 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
 * 8,995 Standard Bowmen
 * 7,700 Longbowmen
 * 8,125 Crossbowmen
 * 520 Cannon-men
 * 105 Arquebusiers
 * 880 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
 * 325,500 Reserve Troops 
 *  300,000 active
 * 125,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
 * 100,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
 * 75,000 Cavalrymen
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 55 Battering Rams
 * 85 Catapults
 * 60 Trebuchets
 * 4 Siege Towers
 * 80+ Large Cannons
 * 135+ Small Cannons
 * 130 Arquebuses
 * Navy:
 * 90+ Transports
 * 75 Cargo Ships
 * 7 Large Transports
 * 100+ Merchant Ships
 * 1 dozen captured pirate ships (out of service)
 * 18 Sea Riders
 * All in Mediterranean fleet
 * 13 Naval Kings
 * All in Mediterranean fleet
 * 1 dozen Salvaged Scourges (repurposed pirate ships)
 * All in Mediterranean fleet
 * Location
 * Home front: 99%
 * Neapolitan front: ~1%
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sicily-Naples War: The troops in Westria join up with Lazaro’s troops or head home to defend Valcanor. The forces that stay are able to take the southeastern peninsula before returning to their march north.
 * Re-Re-Reconquista: With the new reinforcements, Valencia is armed to the teeth and prepared for anything the invaders can throw at us. Every soldier available is stationed around the city, with our forces given easy ways to retreat into the city if needed that are also easily blocked off and defendable. All our available  forces are poured into Valencia and the stretch from the city to our border with Castile. The navy engages in battle after battle with the Mauretanians, (probably?) driving them away from our coast.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Various Christian States: You do not wish for Iberia to fall to pagans again, do you? We would appreciate assistance, even if just in the form of food or weapons.
 * Naples (this is more from Sicily and Lazaro than Valcanor): Are you ready for peace?
 * Westria: Since you left the war you will not receive the bonuses we offered.
 * Rebel Prince, Part 2: Lazaro, self-proclaimed prince of Lazlofold, has been keeping the war in Iberia mostly a secret to his troops, hoping that he can keep them focused on Naples. However, after taking Bruta, the head of the Sicilian military reveals the information to Lazaro’s troops. Many are angry at Lazaro for not telling them the misfortune of their homeland, and most leave for Valcanor immediately, with only the most loyal of Lazaro’s troops and Munich’s mercenaries staying to fight Naples.
 * A Big Bang, Part 9: More Arquebuses are made, though they are proving less effective against Mauretanian methods. Melee seems to be just as important. Our (for lack of a better term) “tank-ier” divisions are beefed up more.
 * The Abandoned Hero, Part 2: After crossing into Chaldea, the Atouman armies began an invasion. Hanzila made his way to the port at Trapezus and managed to secure a spot on one of the merchant ships returning to Genoa. When he finally arrived, he left immediately for his old home in Valcanor, returning only to find all of Western Europe engulfed in war. Hanzila went immediately to Valencia, where he soon donned his armor and joined the fight against the Mauretanians.
 * Death of a (Former) Queen: Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria, former queen of Valcanor for five years, has peacefully passed in her sleep.
 * IDK I need an excuse to lower my city populations: Due to closer inspection of what constitutes a city, at least on paper, the populations of major cities “decline.”

Keisarvalta

 * Government: Elective Monarchy
 * King: Aroulf I
 * Dynasty: Varold
 * Economy: The Keisairvaltan Economy is based on heavily by trade through the Baltic Sea. As well as agriculture.
 * Capital: Varntio
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 4mil
 * Ingrians: 45%
 * Rostovians: 15%
 * Misc Finnic Cultures: 5%
 * Vesnians: 7%
 * Daeva: 9%
 * Volgans: 9%
 * Vedenans: 5%
 * Religion:
 * Eastern Orthodox: 90%
 * Catholic: 4%
 * Traditional Religions: 2%
 * Judaism: 4%
 * Wars & Conflicts:
 * The First Holy War against Karjala: We send 12k from the Rostov-Yaroslav Region to attack the city of Vuoluokkta, and 2 forces of 15k from Pietarranta, Viipuri, and the cities surrounding them to Encircle the city of Aimarijarvi.
 * Events:
 * The New Keisari: After a period of Riksdag rule. A New Monarch, or Keisari. Aroulf I is elected by the Riksdag. Aroulf is a Orthodox Ingrian, who grew up in Peipsinpohja from a small noble family.
 * The Holy Wars: Due to the events of The Coup of the Duarchy. Tensions between the Rostovians and Ingrians are reaching a head. So the rather Zealous Keisari believes religion could act as a unifying force to the nation over cultural differences. So he begins an era of Religious reform. Encouraging more churches to be built and more political power in the hands of the clergy. This power given to the clergy allows them to advocate for a Holy War against Karjala. Eventually Aroulf is convinced and declares a holy war on Karjarla.

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Langa
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 102 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 9 400
 * Rural regions: ca 92 600
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
 * Invasion of fiji island-0.PNGWars and Conflicts:
 * Western Island: 80% (816) of our Military is to push the enemies further west to finish them off.
 * Military: 1% 1020
 * 6 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 355 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 294 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 284 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 81 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Integration of islanbds-2.PNGNavy:
 * 259 fishing boat
 * 83 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
 * 35 exploration ships.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Information gathering.PNGIslands to the east: Relations are improved and an offer of joining Tonga will be sent within 3-5 years.
 * Events:Le'u.PNG
 * Islands west and north of Mu'a: We ask around to see if they know of any other islands that exists further west, north south or north-west/south-west of them.
 * The city of Lekutu: The city of Le'u is created on the island of Vanua Levu.
 * Exploration.PNGThe exploration of the western, south-western and north-western seas: We send out sailors in with a mission of finding new islands in the western, south-western and north-western seas. with the supplies for a 3 week journey (3 three weeks to sail out and 3 weeks to sail back)

Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana

 * Government: Authoritarian military dictatorship
 * Supreme Leader: 
 * Wokoto Saashiil (1448/1457-)
 * Weroance (historical):
 * Moskatachaw (1384-1421; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Sikankanna (1421-1448; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Thosoye (1448-1457*; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
 * Capital: Tanacoma
 * Summer Capital: Dilyacoma
 * Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
 * Population: 66,200
 * Tanacoma: 10,000
 * Pocahontocoma: 2,000
 * Utemaca: 1,435
 * Nisinima: 1,700
 * Kanatsasipi: 3,000
 * Iyi Sipi: 1,300
 * Dilyacoma: 800
 * Wakiigi: 750
 * Other settled towns and villages: 21,115
 * Nomadic population: 24,100
 * Religion: 35.2% Pocahontist (23,325 ppl), 64.6% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 42,875 ppl)
 * Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
 * Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
 * Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types.
 * Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague.
 * Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
 * Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
 * Ethnicity: 30.4% Wisawen (20,165 ppl), 67.8% Miskawen (44,815 ppl), 1.8% Dinawen (1,220 ppl)
 * Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
 * Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
 * Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). There are a minuscule handful of Askakwen in Kemahana (probably not more than three dozen), mostly being Huastec or Nahua traders from the city of Tamtoc. The few Askakwen in Kemahana are facing increased discrimination due to the rising influence of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, which teaches that the Askawen (as with other "fringe peoples") are evil-serving demons.
 * Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
 * Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
 * Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
 * Kemahanan Military:
 * Loyalist-aligned:
 * Infantry: 1000 (800 reserves)
 * Archers: 750 (700 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1300 (600 reserves)
 * Askokwin-aligned:
 * Infantry: 900 (500 reserves)
 * Archers: 600 (800 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1500 (400 reserves)
 * Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form f secret police under Wokoto's rule.
 * The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai_7_3.pnganan Civil War: The Kemahanan Civil War was an internal conflict in Kemahana sparked by tensions between the nobility and the merchant classes of Kemahana, as well as a personal vendetta between the two main leaders of each side; Wokoto Saashiil and Hisinami Atigishaa. Fighting began in July of 1448, after Hisinami Atigishaa and his merchant guild attempted to break off the southern portions of Kemahana into a separate state (known as the Askokwin Republic) in order to protect the rights of the merchant guilds under Wokoto's Regency.
 * Loyalist Actions:
 * We Have The High Ground Now: After a long and arduous march, Wokoto's forces would finally seize the Askokwin capital of Dilyacoma and its surrounding areas in one of the bloodiest confrontations of the entire war. However, despite losing their territorial core, the Askokwins were not done fighting yet.
 * Second Siege of Pocahontocoma: Loyalist forces begin sweeping the countryside of central Kemahana clear of Askokwin influence, putting pressure on Askokwin-controlled Pocahontocoma.
 * Prairie Chasin': Minor skirmishes between Loyalist and Askokwin troops occur in sparsely-populated prairie areas, each attempting to root the other out of the area, Ultimately, the Loyalists would win the war in the prairie.
 * Askokwin Actions:
 * Capture of Iyi Sipi: After a short siege and a battle, the lightly-defended frontier city of Iyi Sipi falls to the Askokwins, in what may be their last significant victory in the war.
 * March to Tota' Haal'a: Despite facing heavy resistance from Lepai forces, Hisinami Atigishaa and the Askokwin main army would finally seize Tota Haal'a in mid-1464 after a fierce bout of fighting. Once in the city, Hisinami would exact his revenge, completely levelling the city and slaughtering almost all of its native population.
 * We Will Not Leave The Center Without A Fight: As Loyalist forces begin clearing vast swathes of Askokwin-occupied territory, around 1000 troops begin occupying Pocahontocoma, the largest settlement in Askokwin-controlled Central Kemahana, bent on making the Loyalists fight for every inch of the city.
 * Last Stand?: With the rapid collapse of Askokwin control over much of its former territory, Hisinami Atigishaa and the higher echelons begin planning a massive last stand of the Askokwins at Wakiigi. In case the last stand does not drive the loyalists away, Hisinami has arranged plans to transport the ruling class of the Askokwin Republic to Tamtoc in the Aztec Empire, disguised as merchants
 * Diplomacy:
 * Loyalist Diplomacy:
 * Indé Agallate: So Lepai is gone... well then we only have to ask two things of you: don't invade us and keep winning against the Zuni. While we're at it, could we continue our age-old alliance between your people and our people?
 * Askokwin Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Recovery: With the war winding down, it was time to begin winning the peace. Over the years of constant war, many formerly-vibrant communities would become all but depopulated, particularly in central Kemahana. Wokoto would encourage the people of Kemahana's now disproportinately-populated north to settle the depopulated regions of Kemahana, promising vast amounts of good land for farming or cattle ranching. The depopulation of central Kemahana would also give Wokoto an opportunity to redesign the cities and towns of the area. Cities and towns build during Wokoto's rule would invariably feature a grid layout with a central square or park, surrounded by civil buildings and markets, with residential areas surrounding the inner core. The city would be surrounded by farms, some of which would be owned by the city governments or the federal government in order to provide a fall-back food supply accessible to all people, but most owned privately.
 * The Guiding Hand: Around this time, Wokoto's characteristic extremely harsh yet incredibly fair rule would fully emerge. Although no stranger to incredibly brutal and harsh punishments for laws, pervasive surveillance, intolerance of dissent, and a general air of totalitarianism, Wokoto would (generally) make policies with the people in mind first. Much of his reign consisted of making the existing noble class "play fair" with the people (i.e easing unnecessarily harsh and punitive laws and curbing corruption). Wokoto would be seen as a guiding force for the Kemahanan people, a virtuous man spending all his days setting Kemahana on the right path. The reality behind the people's beliefs, is... much less savory.
 * The World of the Fifth Wheel: With the Cult of the Fifth Wheel experiencing a meteoric rise in Kemahana, threatening to dethrone the three established sects of Pocahontism, and especially strong with the poor, destitute and young, Kemahanan society itself would begin rapid transformation. For one, the old distictions between Wisawen and Miskawen would begin to fray just a little bit, as the Cult of the Fifth Wheel taught they were both righteous Center People, and thus should work together to kill all the devil-worshipping Fringe Peoples. Xenophobia amongst the population would also begin to increase (unless, of course, you were from the Lepai territories). The small Huastec and Aztec merchant communities would begin to face random assaults and would generally begin to be ostracized from mainstream Kemahanan society. An outpouring of missionaries to neighboring tribal entities would also ensue, attempting to inform the peoples neighboring the Kemahanan nation of their divine duty of destruction of the Fringe Peoples.

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Empress: Uchiha Tomoko
 * Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
 * Taisho: Kanzaki Izuku
 * Speaker of the National Convention: Mori Kyoko
 * Economy:
 * Famine: The purges have a detrimental effect on the economy; the loss of many political leaders meaning that the peasants (who are almost always represented by local lords and leaders) can no longer negotiate prices with merchants who decide to continue buying rice at the same price as before. This is devastating as inflation begins to occur due to the widespread expansion of the economy, leading to many spilling out of isolated farms and instead into larger-scale communal farms or the Army and Navy, which experience vast boosts in membership. However, outside of that, the relocation as well as destabilisation of food sources means that starvation once again strikes the country, especially Chugoku, which is hit terribly bad given its proximity to bases where the military takes precedence; thousands more run to the Army hoping to get rations and a way out of poverty.
 * Wartime Economy: On the other hand, the military thrives. Three things have occurred - one, the purges enabled more militaristic lords to take control, especially in Chugoku, Kyushu and Kangeinoshima, which gives the military overall more impunity with how they operate. Two, the expansion of blacksmithing - due to the Civil War, many skilled workers were displaced throughout Nihon; many of whom simply lacked the faculties to move elsewhere due to a lack of wealth. Thus, many of them began to pass on that trade into exponentially larger families - so while the average quality of weapons dropped over time, access to katana and other longswords became much easier, raising the amount of people who had the basic qualifications to enter the miltiary. Three, the famine. All of this means that much of the economic impetus of Nihon has been directed towards the war in Kyongsong - regardless of how long it will last - putting this growth in great jeopardy...
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 14,650,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeishima)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * War with Pyongsong; allied with Joseon
 * Forces Lent to Joseon: 5,000-man professional contingent led by Taisho Kanzaki; under the command of the Joseon Emperor. Pushing towards Hyesan. [Losses taken: 310 men, 65 horses]
 * Forces arriving to assist under Nihonese command: 
 * Second Fleet [Formerly the Second Defence Fleet] (under command of Matsudaira Keiko) - 12 Kawataro-fune, 6 Hayai-fune, 43 cargo ships, 7,800 sailors. Pursuing a blitz-esque strategy of deorganising and splitting enemy fleets simply by rushing into them and boarding them. [Losses taken: 2 Hayai-fune, 9 cargo ships, 280 sailors]
 * Second Army [Formerly the Second Defence Army] (under command of Takahashi Aya) - 1,500 horses, 12,000 general infantry, 14,000 irregular infantry, 1,000 support staff, 3,000 auxillary infantry, 7,000 irregular auxillaries. Pushing towards Hyesan. [Losses taken: 320 horses, 600 general infantry, 1,800 irregular infantry, 100 support staff, 560 auxillary infantry, 900 irregular auxillaries]
 * Army:
 * Horses [12,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [49,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [60,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [12,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [10,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [29,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
 * Midoriya Kaitou: in charge of the planning of the army and navy, particularly with regards to logistics; all supply convoys answer to him
 * Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [47]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [26]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [141]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [15]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet [on mission]
 * Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
 * Diplomacy: 
 * Joseon: We send an offer for the continued defence of these two nations together as friends.
 * Events:
 * The Greatest General [4] (as well as the Joseon-Pyongsong War): Carrying on the tradition of deafening smaller powers who seriously can't survive a professional army decimating it, Taisho Kanzaki and Chui Takahashi lead both their respective armies on Hyesan ahead of the Joseonese force, attempting to convince the Joseonese of Nihon's power. Forming a similar but much more credible siege around the city, it remains to be seen how this will turn out.
 * A Split in the Union [2]:
 * Stiffing a Meeting - Spring 1460: Kangeinoshima officially has its name reduced to just 'Kangeishima', at the island's behest; the original name too long and chunky for even the island's inhabitants, who had taken to calling it some various mix of 'Kanma' and 'Kangei'. Still, this irks the island's new political leadership - a Dochaku (Indigenous, referring to the Austronesian population of the island). Let's rewind a bit. When Nihon first took over what was then named Xia over four hundred years ago, it quickly abandoned the same pseudo-colonisation routines that Han nations had been trying to perform and left the natives, which were then named Dochaku, to themselves. However, as the population of Dochaku grew, it soon became apparent that their societies also had to evolve and they soon came to dominate not just the Eastern end of the island but the entire Southern end, making up roughly 37% of the population of Kangeishima by that time. Often lumped into 'others' or simply not counted in the census at all (which is the case for the number currently being used in the term), the population of Dochaku sits at roughly 320,000 people, many of whom have, in the wake of Kangeishima's increasing importance on its own, asserted their ownselves as part of the island's cultural and social fabric, integrating into the more cosmopolitan system of Regional Conventions. Finally, in Winter 1458, a Dochaku-Yamatai known as Senmyaku Hyo-in took power as head of the island's Convention with the support of merchants and peasants alike, demanding that the Dochaku be acknowledged and that their culture, like the Ainu and Ezoan cultures before them, be regarded as 'equal' cultures - one worthy of being taught and respected in Nihonese court. This is rejected, given the lack of contact many Nihonese have had with the Dochaku, which leads to yet another stiffing - Hyo-in instead sends a short note to the convention, which reads, 'it is in the incredulous pride you take with excluding the peoples of this land that I find immense shock'. Xenophobia continues to strike the Dochaku as many former refugees from the Civil War - particularly those from Osaka - regard the Dochaku as less the human, and not 'worthy' of being Nihonese. This will not go well...
 * Hardcore Stiffing - Spring 1461: The convention, taking no heed of Senmyaku's grievances, demands that he sends at least one representative to the meeting or be regarded as insubordinate to the Empress (the previous one having been explained away as 'sudden illness'.) He, in turn, sends another letter, which reads, 'I beg of you, please stop wasting such precious time and resources of better persons on attempting to convince me to abandon my people's cultures. You are less than ignoble.' This spat only enrages numerous people within the National Convention, especially some in Edo, so three Daimyo - Matsudaira, Tachibana and Nagao - all send a response calling Senmyaku a 'traitor to the Empress'. This spat continues until the Empress herself, exasperated with the tone of the various peoples involved, instead threatens to have the Convention 'temporarily disbanded' - an extra-ordinary power written in which allows for its delay to another month, which would disadvantage many Tohoku and Kangeishima representatives alike given most only brought along enough in the way of money and supplies for the actual meeting itself - which makes them put down the debate. Empress Uchiha sends a personal letter to Senmyaku, saying that she will 'consider his grievances'. He will not receive a response for three more years.
 * The End of a Legacy [1]:
 * A Hard Fall - Summer 1461: Empress Uchiha, steeped in the ways of old tradition, has always taken a morning run through the garden in the Kyoto Imperial Fort - but this day it is different. After suffering a severe fracture on her left foot, she is left permanently reliant on the use of a walking cane; but it also hammers home to her how old her generation is. Her extra-ordinary generation of political leaders is slowly dying out. Hu Jin-Yo comes to visit later that year, speaking of how much he wishes things were on better terms; their interactions taking an almost familial feel as the Empress has not had a single spouse nor child yet. Summoning Mori, who is already considering a quiet retirement and political replacement herself, the two discuss the possibilities of who would succeed her. Should she pick a child she will not have the capability to control what happens should she die before she can teach him or her of what to do; should she pick an adult she will have to engage in political wrangling that adult will most likely have to complete. From this, a possible candidate is attained:
 * Senjougahara Ryuko: A relatively unknown participant of the Nihonese Civil War that often conversed and engaged with Taisho Kanzaki and Empress Uchiha during the war. Still a child at the time, she displayed remarkable intellect and is claimed to have inspired the tactics that Kanzaki took at the Siege of Fukushima; now, pushing her fourties, is a hidden force in Nihonese politics. Where she goes the army follows, where the navy goes she follows. She would also maintain broad support from the peasantry and merchants, but is unlikely to end the war that even the Empress is becoming hesitant towards.
 * The Death of a Friend - Spring 1462: Hu Jin-Yo, however, will not live to see that future, passing away after gaining an extremely severe form of cancer just months earlier, suffering a severe stroke and collapsing down into the Kando River, where he drowns. At the funeral, all of Nihon's finest show, with generals, political leaders and even attendants from the Civil War which have survived turning up. Succeeded as head of the Izumo-Natsue Autonomous Region by Kim Jin-Hye, the attendees watch as his recovered body sails down the Kando River and out to sea, to be buried in his hometown of Daegu; this only destabilises the Empress' mental state further, realising her time is limited. Upon her return to Kyoto she begins to summon dozens upon dozens of candidates to check for who can replace her. She also spends considerably more time away from her advisors and with those old candidates who she begins to treat like friends; especially the former Outsiders, whom she summons to her court and gives political protection after an arson attack on their home in Edo.
 * Private Respects - Winter 1462: Finally obliging them, she secretly gives her blessing towards their mutual marriage, which allows them, at an astounding age of almost 70, to finally find peace. Both Bakushi Yona and Seishiro Kirie will die just months later of old age. Committing her time to finding a candidate for her succession, Uchiha finally discovers someone else with the prowess to do what she wishes:
 * Ryu: An orphan child in the streets of Kyoto who eventually found himself standing in front of the Empress thanks to various misadventures, Ryu is a 13-year-old with a remarkable capacity for oratory thought. The Empress, realising this may be her moment to rehabilitate her legacy in history and make things right once and for all, decides to groom him as her successor; convincing him to take on her views and positions gained via years of experience. She takes him in as her adopted son to the astonishment of the entire court and the National Convention, but given her status, are unable to do much about it.
 * National Convention:
 * Eighth Meeting - Hiroshima: 
 * Bills:
 * Motion on the Actions of The Policing Forces that Exist in this State of Nihon: Aims to fold local police forces into the military. Failed 5-2.

Dual Principality of Munich

 * Government: Feudal Elective Diarchy
 * Princess: Marie I Welf-Schwerin (b.1436, r.1456-)
 * Prince: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b. 1430, r. 1456-)
 * Countess: Margaret I Schwerin (b. 1414, r. 1436-)
 * Count: Franz I Rosenheim (b. 1413, r. 1456-)
 * Elector: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435, r.1456-)
 * Electress: Alexa I Kastanitsa (b.1442, r.1461-)
 * Sucession Law: The eldest group of heirs will become the rulers, except if first born of one or both of the lead rulers, gender does not matter
 * Offices:
 * Diplomatic Advisor: Otto Rosenheim-Sinope (b.1435)
 * Administrative Advisor: Hansel Sinope-Ingolstadt (b. 1432)
 * Military Advisor: Franz Sinope (b.1439)
 * Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
 * Royal Tutor: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435)
 * Marshal: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b.1430)
 * Master of the Guard: Erwin Schwerin (b.1443)
 * High Priest: Franz Rosenheim (b.1422)
 * Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich (b.1430)
 * Court Jester: Heinz the Bard Dachau (b.1440)
 * Steward: Johannes Schwerin-Rosenheim (b. 1440)
 * Physician: Ernst Dachau (b.1431)
 * Spymaster: Johan Ingolstadt (b.1435)
 * Court Chaplain: Alexa Kastanitsa (b.1442)
 * Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
 * Capital: Munich
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 265,000
 * Ethnicities: 92% German, 8% other
 * Religion: Roman Catholic
 * City Population:
 * Munich: 40,000
 * Rosenheim: 20,000
 * Ingolstadt: 20,000
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * Creation of the Navy: the Munich Brown Water Navy is created for our rivers
 * Diplomacy:
 * Westria: we ask for trade access to enrich both of our economies
 * Regensburg: we start fabricating a reason to go to war wit them
 * Navy:
 * 3 ships: (114 crew and soldiers)
 * 1 galley (armed with one cannon and two swivel guns, 40 crew, 20 gunners)
 * 2 cogs (armed with 12 archers each, 15 crew)
 * Army:
 * Immortals: 1000
 * 200 heavy knights
 * 100 horse archers
 * 300 heavy halberdmen
 * 100 arquebuses
 * 50 hand culverins
 * 250 hand cannons
 * First Division: 5000 (+1200) (Hired out of the country)
 * General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope
 * 1000 light cavalrymen
 * 1000 light halberdmen
 * 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
 * 400 crossbowmen
 * 1000 archers
 * 200 longbowmen
 * 400 horse archers
 * Support Units:
 * 400 supply carts
 * Artillery and Siege Equipment: 800
 * 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
 * 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
 * 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
 * 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
 * 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
 * 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)

Mod Events

 * Terror of the White Raven (finale): After going through battle after battle, Morgan had gotten increasingly sloppy. In 1467, Morgan lost an eye and almost bled to death. It was a miracle that he even survived, with the medical expertise of the MsF, a medical force in a close relationship to the Paladins. This scared Frederique, and convinced his father to go. Knowing that Vilmnatz has held off the Atoumans for then, Morgan travels home. Though, Frederique chooses to stay behind, tell her father she will finish what he started. By late 1467, he arrived home to see Noel caring for Stella, who's legs seem to be weakened and she is forced to be in bed all the time. Morgan stuck by her side every day, caring for her. He thought back of how his life went from adventure to a quiet one. When he was born in 1383, he knew there was something more to him when he saw a shooting star. When everyone around him thought it was an omen, he thought it was a sign of greatness. He had set out to become Fiete's apprentice, an impressionable boy. He left her, disappointed that she did not accept what he became. He went to France and founded the Paladins, determined to set up a new beginning of protection and hope for the people. He became exhausted from his experiences of war, got married and retired. He have heard the calls for one last trip, he took it, determined to uphold his ideals. He ended up defying fate and survived Constantinople and was tasked to protect the knowledge and help spread it, allowing him to spur his own thinking. He, once again, took the fight to the Atoumans as some sort of revenge in Constantinople. Now in 1469, he finds himself in his wife's arms drawing his last breath as he wonders if he ever did enough in his life. Before he passed, he hears his wife say these words that puts him at peace, "You did enough for me, get some rest."
 * Blood Crow (Part 3): Remanus had found himself growing closer to Frederique de Noyon over the years, even more so after Morgan's departure. He was quite amused how curious she is to learn, and she is very bright. Her looks is not important, though she definitely holds a candle to the best of her time. He actually begin to teach her a few things here and there, reminding him of the old days with his mentor. Frederique, a curious lucky Robin she is, had quickly learned his instructions pretty well. It was not until one battle where he almost lost her is when Remanus realized how much he had grown close to her over the years. The Lucky Robin has stopped being lucky. Remanus is determined, however, even with Frederique losing her eyesight, she can still fight. Remanus will make sure she will get better...
 * Blind Robin: She didn't know why she stayed. Frederique de Noyon found herself falling more attached to Remanus during her stay. She has never met anyone more consider of her than him. Everyone seems to be fearful of him, Frederique was too until it became apparent there would be no consequences to her. She didn't know why she remained at his side, she found herself following him to battle after battle over the years. Frederique managed to escape danger mostly unscathed everytime, earning her the nickname "Lucky Robin" by her father, Morgan, who she has convinced to depart. But in 1468, her luck ran out when one ill-fortuned encounter with Iskendir II has caused her to become blind. Remanus came to her aid, but it was too late. She is now forced to live her life with a blindfold, as she may never get her sight back. But Remanus gives her a bit of encouragement, maybe it is not so bad after all.
 * Rise of the Médecins sans Frontières (MsF): Founded in 1429 by Sicarie and Frances, the MsF were founded by members who helped the wounded during the Battle of Orleans. Due to near lack of medical knowledge, their membership had featured a very slow growth, this however, has changed after the Fall of Constantinople has allowed knowledge to pour into other parts of Europe. The rise and printing of medical texts has helped cranked up membership into the MsF, even after offering medical teachings with these texts. By the late 1460s, the MsF has a sizeable force of medical professionals, they are typically seen taking care of wounded during battle, for the most part, they usually stick with conflicts featuring the Paladins.
 * Dreamcatcher (part 2): The winds tell him, Aketcheta, to move westward. Wherever there is wind, there might be a large body of water. That is where he should go, as the flow of wind either comes from or stops at the ends of the earth. At least that is what he came to personally believe. He marches his forces westward, determined to see it.
 * The War of the Lizard Gods (Part 2): Kurokaru was killed by one of the deserting loyal warriors to him on 1467, which led to the symbolic end of the bloodline of Krokezal. It turned out that this soldier was allegiant to Mer'ku, who then sought on to erase Krokezal's legacy that persisted for a century. She was an iconoclast and sought to destroy Krokanist shrines in the name of Oshkam, the god who created the Lustrian people, who is depicted as a blue-greenish lizard-like figure. Shrines and temples dedicated to Kroak (the god of sleep, time and prophecies) were razed to the ground by her soldiers. In place, were the dedication to the old gods forgotten by Krokezal and his followers, Eta'el, the goddess of darkness, which might be the closest to Khorne (the god of warfare), who is more popular in the western part of the kingdom. The same went to the western Lustrians, with temples dedicating to Kroak also being razed. Many of those followers came from the east, were pushed away by force. With Kurokaru and his closest relatives being killed one by one over the years, the vestiges of the Krokezal bloodline fall. But Mer'ku is still thirsty and believed that the Lustrian Kingdom should expand further. On 1469, Mer'ku has instructed the invasion of the Oruk people, belonging to the Tremembe peoples, which was initially a success but they resisted the invasion of the Lustrians. The remaining of his distant relatives have fled to Turon, the last bastion of what's left of the Krokezian dynasty and they are more than thankful to be here, but time will come for them...
 * Laszlofold Revolt: Angered by Prince Lazaro of Valcanor's baseless claims on the title, some of the original Eskosian ruler class, led by Iroxi Farkas - an Eskosian-Sardinian noble and descendant of Lord Farkas, Andras Arpad's second-in-command - rose up in revolt, surrounding the city of Olbia with their own troops, demanding that the ruler of the Princedom be of their own culture. Should these demands not be met, Farkas' forces threatened to storm the city of Olbia and capture Prince Lazaro alive and deliver him to the Castilian crown.
 * The End of the Thirteen Years' War: In 1466, a peace treaty was signed in the Hanseatic city of Thorn. The Teutonic Order is to renounce any claims on its former western lands, which was to be annexed into Avaria, and the Order itself is to become a fief and protectorate of Avaria. Teutonic Knights are obliged to help Avaria in event of war, and is unable to declare war on other Catholic countries without Avarian permission. Under the same treaty, no external power (namely the Holy Roman Empire and the Pope) is to remove Teutonic dependence on Avaria.
 * Venetian Conquest of Cyprus: Eyeing Cyprus as a valuable trade hub, and with a Venetian marrying into the Cypriot court, Venice declared war on Cyprus.
 * Commentary on Plato's Symposium on Love: Marsilio Ficino, an Italian scholar and Catholic priest, finishes his translations of the works of Plato and writes the eponymous work.
 * Polyalphabetic Cipher: The polyalphabetic cipher is invented.
 * Second and Third Siege of Croia: Atouman forces converged upon the fort of Croia twice in 1467 in an attempt to subdue it again, however both attempts failed. The fort would later fall in another attempt by the end of the Decade
 * Eastern Floods: A series of massive floodings in central and southern China (region) serves as the catalyst for the building of hundreds of new bridges.
 * The Mentellin Bible: The first printed German language Bible is produced.
 * Silk and Eyeglasses: Silk weaving is introduced to Lyon, while the first shop specialising in eyeglasses is opened in Strasbourg, part of the Duchy of Alsace.

NPC Events

 * Mauretania: The front against Castile-Leon and Valcanor has mostly halted after the capture of Toledo. In desperation, Mauretania makes a small push for Madrid, their forces are taking a gamble and stretched thin.
 * Papal States: The Pope issue a papal bull, calling for Catholic nations to contribute forces to the Iberians' struggle against the Mauretanians however they could. This bull was reciprocated with some twenty thousand volunteers making their way to Iberia.
 * Naples: They halt the line against Sicily, for now. But wishes to enter negotiations to resolve the political tomfoolery
 * Scandinavian Union: They offer support to the Red Drakes in the form of volunteer forces, naval operations and monetary gifts. Domestically, the Union undergoes a few military expeditions in Sapmi, annexing some of the northern land and vassalising the rest.
 * Megas Athenais: They decline Osnerol's requests, claiming distance.
 * Joseon: They would hesitantly agree to an alliance, but only if it is defensive. They can't promise they will remain such though.
 * Burgundy: Using their influence, they assert control over Holland and Gelre and occupies them by the closing of the decade. Lorraine, fearing a war with Burgundy to take over them to connect their lands, allies with the Swiss.
 * Atouman: Under Iskendir II, the Atoumans defeated Castyria and Haemus. They annex them shortly after.
 * Delhi: They take over Malwa after a year-long siege. Their expansion causes a bit of tension with the rest of the Indian subcontinent.
 * Cyrenai: They peace out with Lybia, taking the entire coastline and some bordering holdings. Libya would later be conquered by Girba.
 * Vijayanagara: They invade and annex Mysore, ending the state's short-lived secession.
 * Swiss Witch Hunt: The Swiss Witch Hunt is said to have started in 1470.

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Langa
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 116 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 10 400
 * Le'u: ca 1 200
 * Rural regions: ca 104 400
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
 * Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Islands that disagree: 80% (928) of our army will make a landing and capture their island by force, accepting surrender as soon as they ask for it.
 * Military: 1% 1 160
 * 7 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 400 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 340 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 329 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 84 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Navy:
 * 291 fishing boat
 * 95 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
 * 42 exploration ships.
 * Diplomacy:Integration of islands 1.PNG
 * North-western islands: Relations are improved and within 3-5 years an offer to join Tonga will be sent with the promise of protection and help during hard times. (if they disagree anyways, Check "Islands that disagree") 
 * Integration of islands-0.PNGWestern islands: Relations are improved and within 3-5 years an offer to join Tonga will be sent with the promise of protection and help during hard times. (if they disagree anyways, Check "Islands that disagree") 
 * Integration of islands.PNGeastern islands: Relations are improved and within 3-5 years an offer to join Tonga will be sent with the promise of protection and help during hard times.​ (if they disagree anyways, Check "Islands that disagree") 
 * Events:
 * Fiji island: Trade is established between Fiji and nearby islands including Tongan mainland, and help is sent in case they have problems, in order to make them more accepting of us.
 * Twins?: The king (Langa) finally decided to get a succesor, the problem is that they're Twins so there might be problems coming in the future...

Kingdom of Imerina
 
 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andrianamboniravina (B 1429 D 1469) (R 1456-1469), Rafandrandrava (B 1453, alive) (R 1469-Present)
 * Queen (regent): Zafimahova (B 1434, alive) (R 1469-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have gradual trade between us. The economy is rather obviously affected by the fucking raiders on our fucking shores, fuck them. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such.
 * Allies: Betsimisaraka (temporarily and non-official)
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 517 000 total
 * Ambanja: 8 550
 * Mahajanga: 4 000
 * Toamasina: 600
 * Rural regions: ca 505 000
 * Ethnicities: 99,5% Malagasy (divided into 72% Merina and 27,5% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 0,5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
 * Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Under Attack - Strike Back: We've gotten used to these attacks and are ready to bring our own firepower, also with the new crossbows we have received. The current areas that are being raided are left alone for a while, to bait the Order to go further inland before we strike with a force of over 5 000. At the same time, the Ahuric ships sail out. Thus as the counterattack occurs, the raiders will most likely retreat and our loaned ships will be there to attack and chase them towards their homeland.
 * Military: Ca 1% of our population is our regularly available manpower that we can deploy for warfare, thus being ca 5 000 man. As a result of raising young men to be warriors and new policy from the king, higher amounts of soldiers are raised.
 * Deployed units: All
 * 5 000 Spearmen
 * 3 000 Bowmen
 * 200 Crossbowmen
 * 900 Fossa Warriors
 * Determinant amount of volunteers/assisting units from outside our borders
 * Navy:
 * 6 transport ships
 * 12 Ahuric military ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Order of Avesta or whatever the fuck their name is: Die, dogs!
 * Betsimisaraka (Ndahimananjara): He assures that he will not try to "annex" any villages on the Betsimisaraka side of the border (a proper border does exist since several decades ago) and thus tells them not to be afraid. (Toamasina lies just on the border ya know)
 * Events:
 * Death of Andrianamboniravina, Ascension of Rafandrandrava: Andrianamboniravina's reign saw much war and much bloodshed, yet he fought through it and used his power as best he could for the Merina. He passed away in 1469 (nice), quite shockingly. Some believe that the chaos he saw during his reign shortened his lifespan. Unlike his brother, Namboniravina did have a son, Rafandrandrava, who succeeds him at 16 years old. However, the Prince had not much time to learn how to rule so Namboniravina's widow Queen Zafimahova takes on the role of regent whilst Rafandrandrava grows up and learns. After a 13-year reign, Andrianamboniravina receives his shrine atop Maramokotro.
 * The "First" Queen: Practically all of the orders given in this turn post-Andrianamboniravina are from Zafimahova as she serves as regent over the new king. This makes her the first real central female figure in Imerina history.
 * Tsilavohery and  Rakotomanjato (4 - Final): The tragedy of two great minds and great friends ends here. Tsilavohery passes in 1467, after a period of sickness likely related to being wounded in battle. Meanwhile Rakotomanjato secretly reigns his own state in secret. OBS Staff, he's almost 50 in 1470 so he's probably trying  to start a dynasty, just saying this in case of any plans you have regarding Bara.
 * The Start of the Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
 * Ndahimananjara: The warrior establishes a shrine where he is, to represent all the defenders in the Battle of Mahajanga. Many people come by and pay their respects at the shrine. Ndahimananjara himself gathers more influence due to his prosperous position and thus he unifies even more villages right by the border of Betsimisaraka. He names this group settlement Toamasina (located in the same place as the irl city) and while it hasn't reached recognition as a city by the monarch yet, nor does it have more than circa 600 inhabitants, it is growing and the monarchy does take note of him and his accomplishments.

Wanka Empire

 * Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * Monarch:
 * Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
 * Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
 * Interim (1434 - 1438)
 * Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
 * Pachacuti (r. 1438 - present) (b. 1409)
 * Heir: Pachacuti (II) (b. 1439)
 * Pretenders: N/A
 * Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
 * Capital: Wankapampa
 * Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place. A centralised planned economy is being partially implemented, while a 'tax' system is imposed to ensure that gold and silver flows into Machu Picchu, who Pachacuti sees as his own palace whenever he wishes to take a break (but not now as of this climate). Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 750,000
 * Wankapampa: 15,200
 * Lima: 8,000
 * Ica: 1,300
 * Nazca: 8,200
 * Qusqu: 16,200
 * Abancay: 2,000
 * Orcopampa: 2,100
 * Arequipa: 900
 * Atacama: 2,100
 * Huachacalla: 1,400
 * Calama: 600
 * Puno: 1,200
 * Collasuyu: 7,000
 * Culture: 77% Quechua/Chirip, 33% Quechua/Sedena
 * Religion: 100% Inca pantheon
 * Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
 * Northern Army: 2360 soldiers
 * 170 elite warriors
 * 540 spearmen
 * 450 slingers
 * 800 archers
 * 400 axemen/clubmen
 * First Southern Army: 2790 soldiers
 * 30 elite warriors
 * 760 spearmen
 * 400 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 1000 axemen/clubmen
 * Second Southern Army: 2050 soldiers
 * 500 spearmen
 * 350 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 600 axemen/clubmen
 * Overall:
 * 200 elite warriors (+20)
 * 1800 spearmen (+240)
 * 1200 slingers (+200)
 * 2000 archers (+200)
 * 2000 axemen/clubmen
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Guachima: (see Northern Conquests)
 * Pacajes and Charcas: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Northern Conquests (Part 1): In the northern front, Pachacuti's messengers have finally given a greenlight to invade the kingdom of Guachima. With the subjugation of Colla and many of the southern kingdoms, soon the north will be the next to be conquered. Pachacuti himself is not in the direct front, but a lot of troops were raised for that moment in 1466. By early 1467, the Wanka invaded the kingdom of Guachima, seizing Huanuco by surprise, though the Guachima people are still on the fringes of resistance. It would lead to other kingdoms preparing to defend themselves, but what they didn't know was that the Wanka Empire is ready to bring in the southern army to the north soon...
 * The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti (Part 6): The final conquests focuses on Pacajes and Charcas. With Colla capitulating, full focus could be made on the final kingdoms. While the southernmost kingdom will be spared for now, as Pachacuti is more focused on uniting the mountains and urban areas than far-flung settlements, it is expected that the subjugation of both kingdoms will be done by the early 1470s. Pacajes would finally capitulate by the end of 1469.
 * Script Stealing (Part 3, will be rpt.): The so-called Inca script, which is actually a set of pictographs that are now structured and formalised, continue to spread across the Wanka Empire throughout the 1460s and 1470s.
 * The Spot for a New Settlement (Part 4): Construction is resumed after the conquest of Colla, which reallocated workers from the front of Colla back into building Machu Picchu. (so far, this is 85% complete)

Valcanor
Events:
 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
 * King: Henry IV (Ruling since 1454)
 * Queen: Lela, B 1415- (Ruling since 1454)
 * Others:
 * Princess Selina, B 1411- (In Westria as Queen)
 * Prince Lazaro, B 1415- (Undercover in Sicily)
 * Notable Past Monarchs: 
 * Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
 * Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Ruled 1449 to 1454, stepped down)
 * Economy: The war has given people jobs building and in the military, and as it begins to turn to our favor more people sign up to join in on the (hopeful) success.
 * Capital: Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~4,774,100
 * Valencia: 86,410
 * Barcelona: 83,500
 * Perrogo: 75,270
 * Murcia: ~22,020
 * Tarragona: 59,350
 * Andorra: 57,970
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~4,389,580
 * Ethnic Groups: 
 * 92.5% Spanish (Valencian descent)
 * 4% Spanish (other descent)
 * 2.0% North African
 * .5% French
 * 1.0% Other
 * Religion: 
 * 96.5% Roman Catholic
 * 2.5% Arzham
 * ~1% Other
 * Military: 71,610 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 10,976 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
 * 10,700 Spearmen
 * 10,694 Cavalrymen
 * 3,545 Knights and Royal Guards
 * 7,450 Heavy Infantry
 * 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
 * 9,000 Standard Bowmen
 * 9,000 Longbowmen
 * 9,420 Crossbowmen
 * 520 Cannon-men
 * 125 Arquebusiers
 * 875 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
 * Reserve Troops: 358,050 
 * 350,000 active
 * 130,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
 * 120,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
 * 100,000 Cavalrymen
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 58 Battering Rams
 * 80 Catapults
 * +60 Trebuchets
 * 4 Siege Towers
 * 90+ Large Cannons
 * 150+ Small Cannons
 * 175 Arquebuses
 * Navy:
 * 100+ Transports
 * 79 Cargo Ships
 * 8 Large Transports
 * 105+ Merchant Ships
 * 20 Sea Riders
 * 14 Naval Kings
 * 12 Salvaged Scourges (repurposed pirate ships)
 * Location
 * Home front: 100%
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sicily-Naples War: As the war draws to a stalemate and peace talks are under way, fighting slowly winds down to a halt.
 * Re-Re-Reconquista: Same as before. Fortify the city with everything we’ve got, and hope for the best. Also the navy gets a buff to protect our ocean territory better.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Various Christian States: You do not wish for Iberia to fall to pagans again, do you? We would appreciate assistance, even if just in the form of food or weapons.
 * Naples (this is more from Sicily and Lazaro than Valcanor): Are you ready for peace?
 * Munich: Here’s your division back.
 * Rebel Prince, Part 3: Lazaro’s troops are getting worried. King Henry IV is angry with his brother-in-law, and his subjects in Laszlofold are in active revolt against him. In the middle of the night, the soldiers take Lazaro while he is sleeping and they leave for Sicily, setting fire to the camp as they leave. In the morning, Lazaro is declared to have died in the fire while in actuality he is now a general in Sicily’s army under a fake name. (This is secret. None of you other players would know it. Seriously.)
 * A Big Bang, Part 10 (Finale): I think you get the point by now. We make more of them. I’ll just stop this since it’s not necessary anymore.
 * The Abandoned Hero, Part 3: Hanzila Suazo bravely defends Valencia and helps build defenses against the Mauretanian armies. Some tactics and defenses inspired by ones used at a Constantinople are successful in pushing the Mauretanians away from the city for the time being. Hanzila is promoted to general for his hard work and heroics. Hanzila is left in charge of the city when his brother, another general, leaves for Albion to deal with his relatives there that were caught up in the War of the Drakes.

Kingdom of Castille and Leon

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (King): Henry IV (1454 -)
 * Economy: The economy is tanking huge hits as the wars and conscription are causing money to not go so well.
 * Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Granada, Agousta
 * Capital: Madrid
 * Demographics
 * Population - 60,050,356
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 6% Arzham 1% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 425,000
 * Toledo - 401,000
 * Cordoba - 365,000
 * Burgos - 275,000
 * Leon-  355,00
 * La Coruna - 255,000
 * Oviedo - 157,000
 * Rural - 3,113,00
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 250,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 20,000
 * Garofe - 30,000
 * Malaga - 20,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Military - 500,000
 * Archers - 150,000
 * Longbow - 105,000
 * Crossbow - 95,000
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 30,000
 * Cavalry - 26,000
 * Heavy - 10,750
 * Light - ' 7,350
 * Super Light - 7,150
 * Standard Knights - 35,250
 * Pikemen - 203,500
 * Men at Arms - 62,250
 * Arquebusers - 57,000
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 225
 * Ballista - 205
 * Cannons - 305
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 150
 * Converted Merchant Ships - 100
 * Floating Fortresses - 300
 * Sea Falcons - 335
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Mauretanian Front - Madrid is held with 150,000 men, as is Valencia. 70,000 men are sent to swing left and smash at the thin Mauretanian flanks, and hopefully recapture the city of Toledo. The rest are held back as reserves on Valencia and Madrid.
 * Diplomacy -​​​​​​
 * Naples, Sicily, those states - We propose a simple peace, all borders go back to before the war but Lazlofold gets the rest of the island and no wars can be waged between either states for 20 years.
 * Events
 * The Last Mortal Battle - The scorched earth tactics were employed as the Mauretanians flodded the streets of Toledo, causing much damage and depriving them of supplies. The forces sieged in the two capitals are religously rallied by the bishop of each of city who visits the troops each day. Crops in the rural areas are prepared to be burned if neccesary. Other budgets are cut as the war drags on, public executions continue happening, with the heads of the Mauretanians catapulted into their lines.
 * Protect the Merchants (Part 12) - The shipyards now are not required as the land war is mosts critical.
 * Learning from our Allies (Part 12) - Arquebuses start losing favor as the Mauretanians just straight up charge the troops.
 * A very loud Bang (Part 11) - Nothing is spared, cannons are now being pulled straight into formations and onto the front lines.
 * Oh Look, an Island! (Part 10) - The people of the Islands find an unusual peace this time, as we are occupied with the war.
 * Securing the Island  - Control loosens a bit over the islands, but they are still run as usual.
 * Succession - Henry IV ascends to the throne of Castile-Leon and Valcanor, he is noted for staying up at very late times to write letters to the governers to raise armies and sometimes commanding them himself.
 * A Bandit on the Loose - Henry IV orders Lazaro's estates to be seized and offers his remaining troops amnesty if they defect from him. The revolting nobles are also given the possesions of Lazaro's estate, divided evenly among a chosen group. Lazaro himself is stripped of any titles he has and is convicted of treason in absence.

Lepai

 * Government: Tribal Confederation
 * Aghá'łíí (Indé Agallate): ’Isdzání Góyą́ (1450-)
 * Chieftain (Zuni): Sowa Wattsida (1450-)
 * Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy
 * Capital: Tsétáłkáá (El Paso)Lepai 1475.png
 * Demographics:
 * Population Density: 0.25/km2
 * Population: 77,000
 * Tota' Haal'a: 2,850
 * Ni Alnii’gi: 200
 * Tsétáłkáá: 1100
 * Oraibi: 1300
 * Dziłghą́’í: 1,900
 * Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné.
 * Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
 * Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
 * Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai.
 * Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples.
 * Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
 * Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
 * Puebloan Religion:
 * Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
 * Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
 * Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
 * Lepai Religion:
 * Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry.
 * Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north.
 * Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé.
 * Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
 * Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,000 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai Civil War/Kemahanan Civil War:
 * Inde Actions:
 * Hemming in the Zuni: The Inde Agallate begins a series of campaigns intended to separate the Zuni into numerous small pieces. Preeminent among these campaigns is the one separating Oraibi from the Zuni core. By 1468 Oraibi is effectively under siege, though no Inde forces are anywhere close to the city.
 * Skeeting the Askokwins: In 1466, a campaign with intentions similar to the one against the Zuni is carried out. The Askokwin force around Tota’ Haal’a is cut off from the Askokwin core in Kemahana.
 * Zuni Actions: N/A reeeee
 * Events
 * A Proper Scapegoat: As the civil war begins to conclude, many begin to question why the fighting had begun in the first place. Practically everyone knew someone who died in the war. As public unrest begins to boil over, the Inde rush to find a scapegoat. The 1st answer is the Zuni, which could be considered to be the ones which started the war in the first place. However, as much of the population is Zuni, this answer is quite lacking. A second scapegoat is found quite easily, however. The Wechuge. Hunts and investigations not dissimilar to the Spanish Inquisition and the Salem Witch Trials are carried out starting in the year 1467.
 * A Second Trail of Tears: As the Inde invade Zuni lands via the colorado river, numerous civilians, fearing the worst, escape to Kawaiisu lands. They found the Kingdom of Akishi in OTL southern california.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Inde:
 * Loyalists: Yeah sure bro. Also take this land.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
 * Head of the Government
 * Leader of the Council Count Carl von Rich (B 1405 - still alive), (R 1462 - present) (De facto)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 16,170
 * Konr: Population: 8,940
 * Rich: Population: 11,090
 * Polanum: Population: 12,380
 * Bozn: Population: 14,210
 * Trieste: 13,030
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 1,186,820
 * Total population: 1,242,300
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 95% Westrian, 4% Venetian, 1% others
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Chief Commander: Konrad Hiltzen (B 1387 - still alive), (R 1431 - 1465), Heinrich von Stroof (B 1433 - still alive), (R 1465 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Spearmen: 4,200
 * Swordmen: 2,620
 * Bowmen: 2,410
 * Cavalry: 2,430
 * Crossbowmen: 1,440
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 12
 * Cog: 12
 * Hoy: 1
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 3
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 55
 * Arquebus: 4
 * Events:
 * Renissance: The Renissance has taken hold in Westria spreading its ideas among the elite.
 * Joseph Schenck: In 1469 it was decided that the castle in Wien needed a better more modern (renissance) look to impress on the nobles. A new talented young architect and artist called Joseph Schenck is assigned the job. He start to work immediatly to upgrade much of the castle which orginally was a tree fort that got converted into a medival castle later in its time of existence.
 * The printing press a weapon?: We have heard about the first printed german bible. There is a lot of distrust of this device among the Westrian nobility who fears that this could bring trouble for them if the people is able to print what ever they want. Many think it might be necessary to kill it off before it gets to much of a foothold. The Emperor think the printing press would do more good than evil making it easier to make bibles and other books.
 * Diplomacy:

Kingdom of Osnerol

 * Government: Absolute monarchy
 * King:
 * Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
 * Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
 * Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
 * Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
 * Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
 * Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - present)
 * Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
 * Parliament: None


 * Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
 * Capital: Monalba
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 403,500 (87% Osnerolese, 5% Taino, 4% Apalachee, 3.5% Creek, 0.5% others)
 * Religion: 96% Osnerolese religion, 4% others
 * Military: 7,990 manpower total
 * Army: 3,900 soldiers
 * Navy: 4,090 sailors (83 ships)
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Apalachee War: 32,280 troops are ordered to continue through the northern Apalachee tribal lands and to conquer them.
 * Diplomacy:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * Annexation of the Apalachee (only valid if the Apalachee War is concluded by next turn): To better control the Apalachee tribes and the land which they inhabit, three vassal states are created: Alabama in the north, Talisa in the east, and Mabila in the west. They are allowed a degree of self-rule and autonomy, but they are under the protection of Osnerol. The southern tribes are directly annexed by Osnerol, though they are given the same treatment as Osnerolese citizens. Infrastructure is expanded into the annexed lands and vassal states.

Dual Principality of Munich

 * Government: Feudal Elective Diarchy
 * Princess: Marie I Welf-Schwerin (b.1436, r.1456-)
 * Prince: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b. 1430, r. 1456-)
 * Countess: Margaret I Schwerin (b. 1414, r. 1436-)
 * Count: Franz I Rosenheim (b. 1413, r. 1456-)
 * Elector: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435, r.1456-)
 * Electress: Alexa Kastanitsa (b.1442, r.1461)
 * Offices:
 * Diplomatic Advisor: Otto Rosenheim-Sinope (b.1435)
 * Administrative Advisor: Hansel Sinope-Ingolstadt (b. 1432)
 * Military Advisor: Franz Sinope (b.1439)
 * Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
 * Royal Tutor: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435)
 * Marshal: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b.1430)
 * Master of the Guard: Erwin Schwerin (b.1443)
 * High Priest: Franz Rosenheim (b.1422)
 * Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich (b.1430)
 * Court Jester: Heinz the Bard Dachau (b.1440)
 * Steward: Johannes Schwerin-Rosenheim (b. 1440)
 * Physician: Ernst Dachau (b.1431)
 * Spymaster: Johan Ingolstadt (b.1435)
 * Court Chaplain: Alexa Kastanitsa (b.1442)
 * Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
 * Capital: Munich
 * Laws:
 * Succession Law: Egalitarian Law: the eldest couple of heirs, no matter what sex become rulers
 * Military Law: Martial Education: Every free person can join the military and carry melee weapons
 * Taxation Law: Trade Tax: Traded goods will have a 20% tax over them, along with nobles and feudal lords giving 10% of the food and goods produced
 * Domestic Law: Social Mobility: Every Serf can buy his way out of the feudal serfdom
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 280,000
 * Ethnicities: 92% German, 8% other
 * Religion: Roman Catholic
 * City Population:
 * Munich: 40,000
 * Rosenheim: 20,000
 * Ingolstadt: 20,000
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * N/A
 * Diplomacy:
 * Westria: we ask for trade access to enrich both of our economies
 * Regensburg: we send an ultimatum, to join the Dual Principality of Munich or to be invaded
 * Navy:
 * 3 ships: (320 crew and soldiers)
 * 2 galleys (armed with one cannon and two swivel guns, 40 crew, 20 gunners)
 * Herzog Heindrich
 * Prinz Alexios
 * 2 cogs (armed with 10 archers, 10 crew)
 * Prinz Karl
 * Diarchie
 * 4 hulks (armed with 15 archers each, 25 crew,)
 * Prinzessin Marie
 * Ingolstadt
 * Sinope
 * Rosenheim
 * Army:
 * Immortals: 1000
 * 200 heavy knights
 * 100 horse archers
 * 300 heavy halberdmen
 * 100 arquebuses
 * 50 hand culverins
 * 250 hand cannons
 * First Division: 5000 (+1200)
 * General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope
 * 1000 light cavalrymen
 * 1000 light halberdmen
 * 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
 * 400 crossbowmen
 * 1000 archers
 * 200 longbowmen
 * 400 horse archers
 * Support Units:
 * 400 supply carts
 * Artillery and Siege Equipment: 800
 * 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
 * 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
 * 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
 * 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
 * 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
 * 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)

The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion)
Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Events Deceased Log
 * Government: Diarchy
 * Pendragon: Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - )
 * Son: Gawain (M, b. 1447 - 1467)
 * Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1453 - )
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - )
 * Sister: Aurelia (F, b. 1399 - )
 * Mordue: Lionel (M, b. 1388 - ) (Reign: 1430 - )
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - )
 * Casimir (M, b. 1452 - )
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - )
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - )
 * Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Main Religion: Christianity
 * Cities and Demographics:
 * Population:
 * British Isles: 4.2 million
 * France: 6.5 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * Became the headquarters of the Red Drakes
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Became the headquarters of the White Drakes
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Wars and Conflicts
 * Internal Divide: With the main advisor of both families sowing seeds of destruction into the royal families, the stage is slowly being set for a large conflict to come.
 * War of the Drakes: A huge civil war between the two royal families of Albion, with the Mordue’s to the north (White Drakes) and the Pendragon’s to the south (Red Drakes). Though the Red Drakes have the industrial advantage, due to the defensive structures on both sides of the frontlines, neither side is able to accomplish a decisive victory, as the war of attrition begins.
 * Armed Forces
 * Total: 289,550 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 225,550
 * Britain: 64,000
 * What once was a home defense force now clashes against one another.
 * Rough numbers:
 * Red Drakes: 35,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 7,000
 * Longbow Archers: 10,000
 * Arquebusiers: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 7,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,220
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * White Drakes: 29,000
 * Light Infantry: 1,500
 * Frontline Infantry: 8,000
 * Longbow Archers: 5,000
 * Arquebusiers: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 6,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 1,500
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * French Defense Force: 153,200
 * Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
 * Rough Numbers:
 * Frontline Infantry: 15,000
 * Arquebusiers: 33,000
 * Dual-purpose Infantry: 30,000
 * Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
 * Longbow Archers: 25,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
 * Field Artillerymen: 9,200
 * Field cannons: 5,000
 * Logistical Support: 26,000
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * (Most of) Pendragon Family
 * (Most of) Mordue Family
 * George Cromwell II of Cotswold
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * Red Drakes:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 100
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 35
 * White Drakes:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 100
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 20
 * Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
 * Naval Vessels: With the civil war underway, the Red Drakes allocated more resources towards development of these large warships, with the hopes that these ships would be able to allow the Red Drakes to open up a new front further north.
 * Arquebusiers: Development is directed towards reliability of these firearms by both sides.
 * Flintlock Rifles and McCarthy Industries: Development on flintlock rifles continues, with prototypes beginning testing on firing ranges. Points of note are as follows: easier to reload, lighter weight, and easier to mass produce.
 * 1,500 Light Infantry (White Drakes)
 * 2,000 Light Infantry (Red Drakes)
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * European Neighbors: In the attempt to break the stalemate, both sides ask around for aid (whether in the form of mercenaries or actual support). Though the increase in manpower would be helpful, neither side was able to break through each other’s defenses.
 * War of the Drakes (Part 3): Attempts were made by both sides to break the stalemates, with the White Drakes launching an offensive in 1465, and the Red Drakes making an assault of their own in 1467. Both times, the attack failed. Both times, an important member from both royal families perished in the fighting.
 * The Might of the Red Fleet: Since the Red Drakes had both the skilled naval builders and the shipyards to continue pumping out ships, the Red Drakes have a significant naval advantage to their White Drake counterparts. However, most of the ships are sent to escort Unarmored Albion Trading Vessels (due to the prevailing piracy in the Mediterranean), so the most the Red Drakes can do is blockade the White Drakes from getting outside support. Though some resources and manpower can get past the blockade, the effects could be felt by the White Drakes, as they begin to slowly cut down on rations to account for the time when food will become a scarcity.
 * British-French Neutrality: Both sides request aid from the British commanders in France. While some do sail across the channel to support their respective sides, most remain in France, mainly because of the British commander in charge of France, George Cromwell II of Cotswald. Refusing to leave his post on the off chance that the French would advance, he made sure that enough British troops stayed in France to prevent a complete collapse of the line in the event of a French invasion, mainly focusing his forces at important strongholds while keeping his cavalry in reserve to allow for quick response on a moment’s notice.
 * Due to the separation, though, those in France begin to think of themselves more as French than British.
 * Forbidden Chains: Childhood friends Abigail and Casimir were inseparable, but even friendships cannot stop a war, as the two are separated once the conflict between the Mordue’s and Pendragons went hot. Yet, the two would continue to meet in secret. Seems that friendships are stronger than you’d expect.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429): Slain by Joan of Arc
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Perished on the frontlines
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431, burnt at the stake)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)

Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana

 * Government: Authoritarian military dictatorship
 * Supreme Leader: 
 * Wokoto Saashiil (1448/1457-)
 * Weroance (historical):
 * Moskatachaw (1384-1421; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Sikankanna (1421-1448; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Thosoye (1448-1457*; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
 * Capital: Tanacoma
 * Summer Capital: Dilyacoma
 * Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
 * Population: 66,885
 * Tanacoma: 9,000
 * Pocahontocoma: 2,200
 * Utemaca: 1,635
 * Nisinima: 1,800
 * Kanatsasipi: 3,000
 * Iyi Sipi: 1,000
 * Dilyacoma: 1000
 * Wakiigi: 600
 * Other settled towns and villages: 23,625
 * Nomadic population: 23,025
 * Religion: 36.1% Pocahontist (24,145 ppl), 64.6% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 42,740 ppl)
 * Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
 * Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
 * Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types.
 * Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague.
 * Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
 * Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
 * Ethnicity: 31.4% Wisawen (21,000 ppl), 67.8% Miskawen (44,665 ppl), 1.8% Dinawen (1,220 ppl)
 * Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
 * Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
 * Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). There are a minuscule handful of Askakwen in Kemahana (probably not more than three dozen), mostly being Huastec or Nahua traders from the city of Tamtoc. The few Askakwen in Kemahana are facing increased discrimination due to the rising influence of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, which teaches that the Askawen (as with other "fringe peoples") are evil-serving demons.
 * Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
 * Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
 * Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
 * Kemahanan Military:
 * Loyalist-aligned:
 * Infantry: 1000 (800 reserves)
 * Archers: 750 (700 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1300 (600 reserves)
 * Askokwin-aligned:
 * Infantry: 600 (500 reserves)
 * Archers: 500 (800 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 400 (400 reserves)
 * Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form f secret police under Wokoto's rule.
 * The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai_1475.pnganan Civil War: The Kemahanan Civil War was an internal conflict in Kemahana sparked by tensions between the nobility and the merchant classes of Kemahana, as well as a personal vendetta between the two main leaders of each side; Wokoto Saashiil and Hisinami Atigishaa. Fighting began in July of 1448, after Hisinami Atigishaa and his merchant guild attempted to break off the southern portions of Kemahana into a separate state (known as the Askokwin Republic) in order to protect the rights of the merchant guilds under Wokoto's Regency.
 * Loyalist Actions:
 * Rooting The Snakes Out: With almost all of the former rebel Askokwin Republic being crushed under the patriotic Kemahanan heel, we continue rooting the Askokwins out of whatever rural areas they find themselves in.
 * Last Stand: Plans are made of a final showdown with the Askokwins at Wakiigi, their final stronghold.
 * Askokwin Actions:
 * Last Stand: This is it. This is what it's come to. All of our efforts have come to this. All our (surviving) troops are to come together at Wakiigi. We wait until the loyalists engage us, and then we fight to the death.
 * Appearance of Akecheta Raiding Bands: Sightings of large Akecheta raiding parties a mere 15 miles from Iyi Sipi have begun to concern the Kemahanan government. We move around 1500 troops in order to deal with them, while trying other contingency measures (see Events)
 * Diplomacy:
 * Loyalist Diplomacy: 
 * Akecheta: Hi, uh, you're getting dangerously close to us there. Trust me, you don't wanna plunder us. We have nothing left, our cities are in ruins, and it'd just be a waste of time, you see? Also, there's a really rich empire to the south, filled with more gold and silver and turquoise and jade than you could ever dream of. Mind paying them a visit, instead? It'll be much more with your time than plundering a country that has already been destroyed like twice over.
 * Askokwin Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Rebuilding: With the Kemahanan Civil War almost concluded, rebuilding of cities and infrastructure destroyed by the war commences.
 * The Fifth Wheel In Wokoto's Court: With the ongoing rise of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel in Kemahana, more and more of the Kemahanan court is converting to the rising sect, to the point where more traditional sects are beginning to be edged out.
 * The Horse Lords: With increasing sightings and rumors of a massive Akechetan army to the west, bent on our destruction, Supreme Leader Wokoto Saashiil attempts to get to the bottom of this situation. Along with his elite cavalry wing, Wokoto would confront the Akechetan army camped just ouside Kemahanan borders, expressing his desire for peace and (hopefully) detering Akechetan advance into Kemahana. He stresses that Kemahana has just gotten out of a devastating war, and that almost all of the riches of the kingdom have been destroyed or damaged. Then, appealing to the ravenous, gold-seeking horde, he speaks of the Aztec Empire, known to the Kemahanans as a land of great riches and plenty located to the south, where structures the size of mountains are plated in gold and silver, and where even the lowliest commoner has a stash of precious gems that would make even the most wealthy Zuni turquoise clan shudder in joy. Wokoto's delegation and speeches were calculated to divert Akechetan attention away from Kemahana, at least temporarily. Just in case they still decided to go ahead and attack the Kemahanacommacah, however, Wokoto would park much of his army at Iyi Sipi, ready to battle if needed.

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Empress: Uchiha Tomoko
 * Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
 * Taisho: Kanzaki Izuku
 * Speaker of the National Convention: Mori Kyoko
 * Economy:
 * Famine: The purges have a detrimental effect on the economy; the loss of many political leaders meaning that the peasants (who are almost always represented by local lords and leaders) can no longer negotiate prices with merchants who decide to continue buying rice at the same price as before. This is devastating as inflation begins to occur due to the widespread expansion of the economy, leading to many spilling out of isolated farms and instead into larger-scale communal farms or the Army and Navy, which experience vast boosts in membership. However, outside of that, the relocation as well as destabilisation of food sources means that starvation once again strikes the country, especially Chugoku, which is hit terribly bad given its proximity to bases where the military takes precedence; thousands more run to the Army hoping to get rations and a way out of poverty.
 * Wartime Economy: On the other hand, the military thrives. Three things have occurred - one, the purges enabled more militaristic lords to take control, especially in Chugoku, Kyushu and Kangeinoshima, which gives the military overall more impunity with how they operate. Two, the expansion of blacksmithing - due to the Civil War, many skilled workers were displaced throughout Nihon; many of whom simply lacked the faculties to move elsewhere due to a lack of wealth. Thus, many of them began to pass on that trade into exponentially larger families - so while the average quality of weapons dropped over time, access to katana and other longswords became much easier, raising the amount of people who had the basic qualifications to enter the miltiary. Three, the famine. All of this means that much of the economic impetus of Nihon has been directed towards the war in Kyongsong - regardless of how long it will last - putting this growth in great jeopardy...
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 14,650,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeishima)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * N.A
 * Army:
 * Horses [12,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [49,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [60,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [12,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [10,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [29,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
 * Midoriya Kaitou: in charge of the planning of the army and navy, particularly with regards to logistics; all supply convoys answer to him
 * Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [47]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [26]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [141]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [15]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet
 * Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
 * Diplomacy: 
 * N-A
 * Events:
 * The Greatest General [5]: Now satisfied with his actions in Joseon, Taisho Kanzaki informs his men of his Westward intentions; allowing them to leave for home if they wish. Of his remaining 4,370 men, roughly 3,810 leave and the rest decide to follow him on one of the most absurd ventures ever conceived. His journey takes him across the border in former Kyongsong into Jochureon and then Northern Zhuang, which doesn't take as... kindly, to the presence of Nihonese forces, but still allows him through nonetheless. The Central Asian plains have turned eerily silent in the years since the collapse of the Daevite Empire; and he is supremely pissed off about it. Marching his men off to the Golden Horde, he apparently plans to instigate something... ...but what that something is, remains for the world to discover.
 * A Split in the Union [3]:
 * Always Stiffing - Summer 1466: Incensed with the response he has received from Kyoto but even moreso with the response he has received from the various Daimyo of Tohoku, Senmyaku secretly plots with a small cabal known as the Group of Four to secede from the Domei; using the excuse that Kangeishima's existing autonomy gives it more rights to do whatever it wishes and bring it into effective independence, creating a place where he can finally implement the reforms he wishes. He begins his move by calling, as all Conventions are given the authority to, for a session in Taipei; one which many Daimyo from the Northern half of Nihon promptly decide to ignore outright. At that session, he calls for an inspection of the documents that created the current political system in Nihon, on the grounds that 'recent events have created an environment in which traditional assumption must be tested before adherence.' Already having a copy of the actual documents on hand, he is able to viably argue that Kangeishima was always an autonomous territory by the bounds of the laws engenedered by the agreement between the three factions in the Civil War almost 50 years ago - until a surprise person arrives.
 * A Surprise Giveaway - Spring 1467: Empress Uchiha arrives in Taipei in crutches, standing surprisingly stoutly while those around her watch in amazement - she had never previously turned up to a National Convention - and much to the horror of the Group of Four, who did not account for the aging Empress making the journey from Kyoto to Taipei. At the convention, they plot her assassination - Senmyaku himself quietly leaving the city to absolve himself of any fault - until she makes a surprise announcement that she will be accepting the demands of Senmyaku and properly recognise the cultures of the Dochaku, as well as chastising many of the representatives who did arrive for a 'lack of vision'. Astounded, he silently arrives at the Empress' temporary residence and bows to her, swearing fealty to her even in death; she simply demands one thing: that Kangeishima never leave the Domei. Realising he has been nearly-entirely outmaneuvred, he leaves the Group of Four and takes up a more dignified position within the National Convention, arriving at its tenth meeting in Kobe in 1469.
 * A Devastating Defeat - Winter 1469: But as Empress Uchiha receives a near-fatal stroke, nearly entirely delibitating her motor functions, the National Convention, spearheaded by Tohoku daimyo, passes a motion to regard the Empress' promise as a moment of 'non-lucidity', thereby shutting down what limited progress has been made. Senmyaku, no longer popular after all of that, fades out of the spotlight while the other three members of the Gang of Four - Yamagata Setsuko, Wu Kai-zhe, and Kami no Kagagan find an incredible replacement: Midoriya Kaitou, aging, brutally stunted in motor functions just like the Empress, but very much alive and kicking. As a national hero he arrives at the Kobe meeting, imploring the entire Convention and by extention all of Nihon, to recognise that 'all peoples here are under the protection of the sun', 'all peoples here unite under the Chrysenthamum Throne.' He has little effect there, but his words have brought the discussion of Kangeishima onto the national mainstream amongst nobility and merchants; and given them an edge they desperately needed.
 * The End of a Legacy [2]:
 * A Life Put Off - Autumn 1467: Arriving in Kyoto after her astounding journey, hoping to cement her legacy, Empress Uchiha quickly declares her successor: Uchiha Ryu, and Senjougahara Ryuko as his Regent. Senjougahara expresses her noticeable displeasure at being so easy to replace, but Uchiha quietly offers her the chance of becoming Speaker of the Convention after Mori passes, something which she eagerly accepts. With that done, she settles down to find her aging days painful and uneventful - tiny, minor wounds delivering her catastrophic levels of agony while she is unable to walk or traverse on her own. She begins writing poetry in her spare time, although by her own standards the prose is not worth a damn; realising that she has missed a lot as an Empress, she slowly finds herself becoming an aging patron of the arts, sending what's left of her personal fortune not already devoted to Ryu and Senjougahara off to various artists and poets across Nihon. She spends significant time watching plays, particularly those of her own reign, many of whom are less-than-flattering yet she enjoys them nonetheless, slowly softening the perception of an iron woman to a humble one. Still, she cannot seem to find that spark that will make those final years worth all the trouble.
 * A Life Long Lived - Spring 1468: Finally losing even the ability to eat on her own, Uchiha becomes a quiet friend of Mori in her last days; both once political enemies, then partners, now personal friends, putting aside their own differences to ride out those last days. Their attendants both record an incredible rapport between the two, as well as a sentility that is curiously childlike in nature - one attendant stumbling upon them acting as 'Ojirou Souji' and 'The Empress' during a meeting. They're seen as almost inseparable, which does make sense - famililess after the war, their connection is unique amongst many in Nihon, not to mention their exceptional age - pushing their mid-70s in a country where most do not live beyond the age of thirty. Although rumours of a romantic relationship abound, it is easily dismissed by both and their attendants alike; the possible love at best platonic. The walls are closing in, and they couldn't be freer.
 * The End of the Old - Winter 1469: Shutting off communications from Kobe, preventing herself from hearing any more news about the National Convention, Uchiha spends time with her adopted son and Mori with near non-existent motor functions. Now practically unable to speak, she is often seen around the palace carted around by several attendants in a lift-chair; the mode of transport so unpleasantly slow she jokingly orders that some other mode of transportation for disabled persons be developed at some point. On a silent night in the winter, watching the snow fall on Kyoto, Uchiha suffers a fatal heart attack in the presence of Mori and Ryu, collapsing into her adopted son's arms as she mutters in her dying breath, 'Was I a good person?' The funeral plannings are momentous, but the moment itself is impeccable: an era has passed in Nihon, and the time of the old is about to finally fade away for good.
 * National Convention:
 * Ninth Meeting - Taipei:
 * Bills: N-A
 * Tenth Meeting - Kobe:
 * Bills: Motion on the Decision made by the Empress regarding the status of the Dochaku. Revoked the declaration that the cultures of the Dochaku are equal to that of other Nihonese cultures, passed 4-3.

Mod Event

 * Blood Crow (Part 4): Remanus took Frederique under his wing, promising to train her out of her blindness. Well, it is mainly to help train her into a life where being blind does not matter, and that she could interact with the world quite well with or without eyesight. He trained her to rely more on her other senses other than sight, which Frederique, always curious and a fast-learner, has managed to process very well. Remanus married Frederique on 1471, and had the first child with her on 1473 and 1475, though only the second child survived. The death of Maeve was not in vain, the legend of Vampires (or "Dumorts") in Vilmnatz had grown ever since. Incursions into Vilmnatz was always met with hesitance and fear as more and more people were found staked. This time, their bodies were dry and empty from bloodloss, leading to people to wonder if they were impaled alive, or whether they were drained by a vampiric force. Remanus made sure to order his troops to punch two holes in the neck, to make the legend even more alive. Iskendir II was frustrated by this, and supported someone named Basarab to be the new lawful ruler of Vilmnatz. He also sent an assassin after Remanus III to try to take care of the job.
 * Blind Robin (Part 2): The news of her father's death has devastated Frederique, she was particularly close to him when she was younger. She felt inspired by his adventures, and now that he's gone, she relied more on Remanus for emotional support. What is love? How does one feel so attached to a person just through experiencing things together? Frederique pondered these questions during her private wedding with Remanus III on 1471. It was a troubling feeling to lose your sight, but with Remanus' help, Frederique slowly began to pick herself back up and interact with the world with little difference whether she is blind or not. Remanus had taken her under his wing as some sort of apprentice, it was weird being the wife AND the apprentice of someone, but it helped her spend more time with him, at least. On late 1473, Frederique had her first child with Remanus, though the child was sickly and died, at least the second child did not on 1475.
 * Blood, Beer, Brawls and Beards (Part 3): The Vinlander raids had ravaged the coasts of Elysia for decades now. The people had learned to live in constant fear of raids as the Vinlanders settled ever more permanently on their soil. Floki in his old age, held back from his dream of capturing Elysiapolis, dies of sickness in Nea Alexandria. The Vinlander Realm mourns his passing, but his son Dungail takes upon his father's dreams. As his first command as a king, he orders a mass assault on Nikephora. 10 000 men arrive for the battle and the city of Nikephora is sieged and it's walls torn down and the city captured by Dungail. The Northern seaboard of Elysia is entirely occupied and Dungail sets upon taking the greatest city known to them, Elysiapolis. Siege engines are built and towed near the city and constant bombardment is set up for months, but the great city still holds. Levies from Elysia try to stop the raids but their forces are spread so thin that the last reinforcements are all focused on Elysiapolis, leaving the other cities and towns to fend for themselves. The city begins to slowly fall to illness as sick animals are thrown into the city by trebuchets. Finally the spirits of the men are broken enough and a commander orders a charge against the siegers, leading to failure and him being captured. A few weeks later the walls are breached and the sacking begins. The royal palace is reached, but Dungail approaches the king of Elysia with a deal that he can't refuse: He would ally himself with the king, and negotiations of new borders could be made. He would take the princess of Elysia as his wife and the King would leave the Vinlanders to their peace and provide them with a new target for raids and pillaging. Otherwise he'd tear down Elysia and burn the entire city, kill the king and do as he pleased. The Elysian king Vassilios "The Shamed" II agrees to these terms.
 * The Fracture of Paradise: With the fall of Elysiapolis a new time emerges. Many nobles are furious over how Vassilios bent the knee and declare independence, forming city states in the south, down from Laconia and to the west. Iarakipolis, Elysiapolis and Nikephora remain a part of a broken and desecrated Elysia.
 * Magna Foedus Helvetica: With several treaties serving as the foundation, the Magna Foedus Helvetica (also known as the Great Swiss Treaty) signed and ratified in 1474 formally united the Swiss cantons in and outside of the Holy Roman Empire into one single loose confederation, while still maintaining the level of autonomy within the cantons. Having already been bonded as part of the Eidgenossenschaft (lit. "oath-fellowship"), the Magna Foedus, on paper, creates the basis for the political entity that would later be known as the Swiss Confederacy. The canton of Schwyz is one of the most influential of the Confederacy, which would lead to their name being adopted at some point later in time as the name of the nation, hence "Swiss". Territories outside of the Holy Roman Empire would remain outside, as part of the negotiated terms.
 * Burgundian Wars: The rulers of Burgundy had succeeded in establishing their rule as a strong force between the Holy Roman Empire and France. Their possessions included, besides their original territories of the Franche-Comté and the Duchy of Burgundy along with a large portion of the lowlands. The rulers of Burgundy generally pursued an aggressive expansionist politics, especially in Alsace and Lorraine, seeking to unite their northern and southern possessions geographically. However, upon their invasion of Lorraine, an ally of the Swiss Confederacy, it culminated into the conflict known as the Burgundian Wars
 * Chagatai Civil War: Following conflict with Shambhala, the ruler of Chagatai (Bayan II Khan) was somehow poisoned by his trusted advisors in order to stop heavy casualties in the war in 1472. The story has been passed that the advisors found the man dead in his room from an unknown sickness. A treaty has been drawn up with Shambhala to give them territories in exchange for peace on both sides, along with a non-aggression pact in a way. There were suspicions by other parts of the ruler's family that his death was a farce and that the new ruler (Bayan III Khan) was merely a puppet by the advisors, as he seemed defensive about the whole thing when interrogated. When those who were suspicious began to mysteriously die off, the survivors knew they had to do something. They took the evidence to the troops and rallied local forces against the current puppet ruler by 1475 and formed East Chagatai (Kashgar on map).
 * Dreamcatcher (Part 3): Interacting with the people out west, I have decide to go north to conquer the Cheyenne instead. I was fascinated by their culture, and their incorporation into my movement would surely benefit it. It would compel us further west. Though, these mysterious peoples even more west of the Cheyenne are embroiled with trouble, it makes me wonder...
 * The War of the Lizard Gods (Part 3): Mer'ku, obsessed with the end of Krokezal and thus smashing his following and the cult around Kroak, has taken assault on the village of Turon, which saw a massacre of 200 people in a bloody fight. This battle would come down as the end of times to the followers of Kroak and basically the reformed sect of the Lustrian pantheon. With the fall of Turon, the problem for Mer'ku had escalated. With the resilience of the Oruk, they seized the village of Roseg. Meanwhile, a blood ritual was resurrected again after a century since it had disappeared from history in Pakhu's realm. It was the rebirth of Khorne and this time, Khorne is restless until he takes on Amekrog, according to Pakhu. He led an army of 300 warriors against 500 warriors in the jungle and ruthlessly won by arrowing Mer'ku's army with poison darts. They successfully took over Eztekol for the first time and the followers of Khorne rejoice as dozens were ruthlessly killed and sacrificed for the blood god. Mer'ku is on the edge of being forced to negotiate peace or allow a wave of warriors to pour into Amekrog.
 * Laszlofold Revolt: With the news of Prince Lazaro's supposed "death", Iroxi Farkas took over the territory as the new Prince of Laszlofold. Skeptical of the news, however, Prince Iroxi would order thorough searches for every ship entering the land.
 * São Tóme & Príncipe: Agoustan explorers are thought to discovered the islands during this timeframe.
 * Platonic Theology: The eponymous work, written by Marsillo Ficino, consists of 18 books and was completed in 1474. The work would later be regarded as Ficino's philosophical magnum opus.

NPC Events

 * Golden Horde: Due to troubling times, they have been carefully to let in any travelers. Their efforts vary due to the vast borders and empty lands
 * Mauretania: The Mauretanians had lain siege to Madrid for quite a while. After many months, their forces had gotten increasingly harder to maintain as they felt pinched by the forces of Castile-Leon and Valcanor and the siege was finally broken. Their forces retreat down to the Granada and Murcia lines.
 * Agousta: First contact with Viridi Litore is recorded.
 * Regensburg: Under the threat of Munich, they come forth to Westria, asking them to exercise their power as the Holy Roman Emperor.
 * Naples & Sicily: They accept the terms.
 * Order of Avesta: They are driven off by Imerina, but they remain on the island chain, priming for another attack.

Wanka Empire

 * Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * Monarch:
 * Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
 * Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
 * Interim (1434 - 1438)
 * Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
 * Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
 * Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - present) (b. 1439)
 * Heir: Huayna (b. 1469)
 * Pretenders: N/A
 * Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
 * Capital: Wankapampa
 * Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place. A centralised planned economy is being partially implemented, while a 'tax' system is imposed to ensure that gold and silver flows into Machu Picchu, who Pachacuti sees as his own palace whenever he wishes to take a break (but not now as of this climate). Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 810,000
 * Wankapampa: 15,900
 * Lima: 8,000
 * Ica: 1,300
 * Nazca: 8,200
 * Qusqu: 16,500
 * Abancay: 2,000
 * Orcopampa: 2,100
 * Arequipa: 900
 * Atacama: 2,100
 * Huachacalla: 1,400
 * Calama: 600
 * Puno: 1,200
 * Collasuyu: 7,000
 * Tiwanaku: 9,000
 * Uyuni: 2,000
 * Culture: 60% Quechua/Chirip, 40% Quechua/Sedena
 * Religion: 100% Inca pantheon
 * Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
 * Northern Army: 2360 soldiers
 * 170 elite warriors
 * 540 spearmen
 * 450 slingers
 * 800 archers
 * 400 axemen/clubmen
 * First Southern Army: 2790 soldiers
 * 30 elite warriors
 * 760 spearmen
 * 400 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 1000 axemen/clubmen
 * Second Southern Army: 2050 soldiers
 * 500 spearmen
 * 350 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 600 axemen/clubmen
 * Overall:
 * 200 elite warriors (+20)
 * 1800 spearmen (+240)
 * 1200 slingers (+200)
 * 2000 archers (+200)
 * 2000 axemen/clubmen
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Guachima: (see Northern Conquests)
 * Charcas: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Death of the Sapa Wanka: On 1471, Pachacuti died at the hands of unknown circumstances while on the field of fighting against the Charca Kingdom. It sent shockwaves across the Empire and soon, his son, Pachacuti, was assumed to the throne. Though he died too young and he had conquered to success, Pachacuti II (to differentiate the heir from his father), named himself as Tupac Wanka (that will be the regnal name) upon taking the throne and role of being the Sapa Wanka. He lost grief in the city of Wankapampa and insisted that a long funeral and delay to his conquests should be made to accommodate the loss of his father. In other news though, Tupac Wanka also announced that he had a newborn heir, named Huayna and that he will take upon the throne after his death. Tupac Wanka envisioned that by the time of his death, he will have finished his father's conquests. But time will tell when it will happen.
 * Pulling the Funeral: Most troops are being pulled off by the new Sapa Wanka temporarily, so that they can mourn at the death of Pachacuti. This leads to the cessation of conflict, though some are staying put against Charcas and Guachima.
 * Northern Conquests (Part 2): Delays have been made, so fronts have stalled mainly due to the death of Pachacuti. Though the war against Guachima continues over the control of Huanuco.
 * The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti (Part 7): Delays have been made, so fronts have stalled mainly due to the death of Pachacuti.
 * Script Stealing (Part 3, will be rpt.): The so-called Inca script, which is actually a set of pictographs that are now structured and formalised, continue to spread across the Wanka Empire throughout the 1460s and 1470s.
 * The Spot for a New Settlement (Final): Even after the death of Pachacuti, the Machu Picchu is mostly complete. Gold and silver is mainly being flowed into the city and hidden somewhere that the Sapa Wanka can only see with his eyes. With the death of the previous Sapa, Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) has been given the knowledge of the hidden location of these reserves by Pachacuti's closest allies and generals.

The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Diarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Pendragon: Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - )
 * Son: Gawain (M, b. 1447 - 1467)
 * Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1455 - )
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - )
 * Sister: Aurelia (F, b. 1399 - )
 * Mordue: Lionel (M, b. 1388 - ) (Reign: 1430 - )
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - )
 * Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - )
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Events Deceased Log
 * Population:
 * British Isles: 4.2 million
 * France: 6.5 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * Became the headquarters of the Red Drakes
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Became the headquarters of the White Drakes
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Wars and Conflicts
 * Internal Divide: With the main advisor of both families sowing seeds of destruction into the royal families, the stage is slowly being set for a large conflict to come.
 * War of the Drakes: A huge civil war between the two royal families of Albion, with the Mordue’s to the north (White Drakes) and the Pendragon’s to the south (Red Drakes). Though the Red Drakes have the industrial advantage, due to the defensive structures on both sides of the frontlines, neither side is able to accomplish a decisive victory, as the war of attrition begins.
 * Armed Forces
 * Total: 289,550 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 225,550
 * Britain: 64,000
 * What once was a home defense force now clashes against one another.
 * Rough numbers:
 * Red Drakes: 35,000
 * Light Infantry: 4,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 7,000
 * Longbow Archers: 10,000
 * Arquebusiers: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 7,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,220
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Field cannons: 100
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * White Drakes: 29,000
 * Light Infantry: 3,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 8,000
 * Longbow Archers: 5,000
 * Arquebusiers: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 6,500
 * Bow Cavalry: 1,500
 * Field Artillerymen: 900
 * Field cannons: 100
 * Logistical Support: 7,500
 * French Defense Force: 153,200
 * Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
 * Rough Numbers:
 * Frontline Infantry: 15,000
 * Arquebusiers: 33,000
 * Dual-purpose Infantry: 30,000
 * Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
 * Longbow Archers: 25,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
 * Field Artillerymen: 9,200
 * Field cannons: 5,000
 * Logistical Support: 26,000
 * Consists of a plethora of dual-purpose infantrymen, able to use both crossbows and swords in combat, in addition to longbowmen and heavy cavalry.
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown.
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * (Most of) Pendragon Family
 * (Most of) Mordue Family
 * George Cromwell II of Cotswold
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * Red Drakes:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 120
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 40
 * White Drakes:
 * Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 100
 * Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 30
 * ' Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.' 
 * Naval Vessels: With the civil war underway, the Red Drakes allocated more resources towards development of these large warships, with the hopes that these ships would be able to allow the Red Drakes to open up a new front further north.
 * Arquebusiers: Development is directed towards reliability of these firearms by both sides.
 * Matchlock Rifles and McCarthy Industries: Development is nearing completion, with Red Drake forces beginning to receive these new rifles.
 * Red Drakes:
 * 3,000 arquebusiers
 * 200 field cannons
 * White Drakes:
 * 2,300 arquebusiers
 * 160 field cannons
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * European Neighbors: In the attempt to break the stalemate, both sides ask around for aid (whether in the form of mercenaries or actual support). Though the increase in manpower would be helpful, neither side was able to break through each other’s defenses.
 * War of the Drakes (Part 4): Though the war has dragged on for over a decade, the Red Drakes begin to make small gains on account of their numerical advantage. Though miniscule, a small amount of hope begins to glimmer through, that the Red Drakes would emerge triumphantly.
 * The Might of the Red Fleet: Since the Red Drakes had both the skilled naval builders and the shipyards to continue pumping out ships, the Red Drakes have a significant naval advantage to their White Drake counterparts. However, most of the ships are sent to escort Unarmored Albion Trading Vessels (due to the prevailing piracy in the Mediterranean), so the most the Red Drakes can do is blockade the White Drakes from getting outside support. Though some resources and manpower can get past the blockade, the effects could be felt by the White Drakes, as they begin to slowly cut down on rations to account for the time when food will become a scarcity.
 * Viva La France!: British France remains separated from the British mainland for more than a decade at this point. During this time, tensions have begun to decrease between British France and France proper, with troops allowing civilians to cross the front as they please, which now is beginning to become vibrant with colors once more. Everything is peaceful, with the British portion of France becoming completely self-sufficient, with the only remnants of Britain remaining being the troops stationed there to keep the peace, and while Cromwell wishes to remain at his post, he has opened talks with the French government to decrease tensions even more. Overall, this was the official start of the Norman separation from England, a separation that would come to completion within a decade.
 * Christmas of 1474: On a snowy night, a British and French platoon were patrolling their side of the line when they ran into each other. Though at first, both sides were wary of one another, it wasn’t long before the tension diffused to a splendid bliss, with both sides enjoying the cold Christmas night.
 * Forbidden Chains: As the two continued to meet in secrecy, the duo began to discover that something was going on behind the scenes. As such, the two begin to investigate. From these investigations, they found out about a secret so terrifying, if it came to fruition, the entirety of Europe might find itself in ruins.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429): Slain by Joan of Arc
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Perished on the frontlines
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431, burnt at the stake)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Rafandrandrava (B 1453, alive) (R 1469-Present)
 * Queen (de facto regent): Zafimahova (B 1434, alive) (R 1469-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, slightly strained due to the Ahuric Civil War. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationships put us a bit higher than others.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 520 000 total
 * Ambanja: 8 550
 * Mahajanga: 4 500
 * Toamasina: 750
 * Rural regions: ca 507 000
 * Ethnicities: 98% Malagasy (divided into 72% Merina and 27,5% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
 * Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Under Attack - Strike Back Again: The ships follow the Avestan ships to their islands and then retreat, since there is no invasion force to attack them with. In 1473 Zafimahova sends the Ahuric ships with a force of 3 000 men but, a miscalculation of the amount of Avestan ships forced a retreat back to Imerina, with the loss of one ship.
 * Bara Skirmish: A skirmish between a number of Fossa Warriors and Bara soldiers occurred in 1474 after the warriors saw the group as trespassers (and also recognized them as Merina warriors). The result of this is kind of up to Staff and also if you consider Rakotomanjato to be alive he will be very much insulted. Regardless of the results, the first contact with the organized Bara state is negative.
 * Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted.
 * Deployed units: 8 300 (all except Fossa Warriors)
 * 5 000 Spearmen
 * 3 000 Bowmen
 * 300 Crossbowmen
 * 900 Fossa Warriors
 * Navy:
 * 7 transport ships
 * 11 Ahuric military ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Natives of Moaly and Ngazija: See The "First" Queen.
 * Betsimisaraka: Rafandrandrava personally thanks them for assisting us previously.
 * Events:
 * The "First" Queen: Despite Rafandrandrava being of age and prepared for royal work and Zafimahova not being regent after this, she still has gained influence from her "official" time as regent for her son and thus still holds onto power that basically can be described as her still being regent and Rafandrandrava basically being a bit of her puppet and the orders he give, are orders given to him by Zafimahova. After the failed attack on the Order of Avesta she calls off much of the military effort that previous kings put in. The Merina have successfully thwarted the raids and shall they come back they will meet our iron once more, but we do not have the resources to attack them and if they stay where they are, we have won. Still, she approaches the remaining independent Komoro Islands of Moaly and Ngazija (Mohéli and Grande Comore), proposing annexation in a similar fashion to what was done with Njoany. This is so that no one else can exploit these islands for their own gain, especially the Order of Avesta.
 * The Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
 * Discovery of Bara: In 1474 a group of explorers set out to travel all of Madagasikara, for the purposes of mapmaking. Whilst there had been rumors of a new organized entity of tribes, nothing was confirmed and they didn't think much of it, but a small group of Fossa Warriors went with them after being hired. After some time of traveling they ran into the borders of Bara, encountering warriors, leading to a skirmish.
 * Ndahimananjara: After Toamasina is recognized as the third major settlement of Imerina, he is also given the honorary title of "Mahery Fo" (Hero) by Rafandrandrava himself. He is also recognized as the chieftain of Toamasina and marries Rafandrandravas older sister Nandrianina. He is practically the representative of all Fossa Warriors in Imerina at this point.

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Empress: Uchiha Ryu
 * Regent: Senjougahara Ryuko
 * Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
 * Taisho: Kanzaki Izuku
 * Speaker of the National Convention: Mori Kyoko
 * Economy:
 * N-A
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 14,650,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeishima)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * N.A
 * Army:
 * Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [56,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [70,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [13,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [31,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
 * Midoriya Kaitou: in charge of the planning of the army and navy, particularly with regards to logistics; all supply convoys answer to him
 * Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [53]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [30]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [12]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet
 * Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
 * Diplomacy: 
 * N-A
 * Events:
 * The Greatest General [6]: Delighted at news of Chagatai's sudden disintegration, Taisho Kanzaki insists on joining the conflict there. His men, however, perturbed at his seeming lack of drive to go to Europe, decide to break off from him; claiming that they will 'group up' in four years' time should things all go well. They run headfirst through Turgai hoping to pillage the city with a mimicking of Kanzaki's own cavalry tactics, while Kanzaki goes to see whatever the hell is going on in Chagatai with a few loyal soldiers...
 * A Split in the Union [4]:
 * We Shall Not Be Silenced - Spring 1470: The Group of Four in unison decide that they must act soon, before the Nihonese military has become so large and bloated in its size that those troops come to stand on Kangeishima's soil, decide to engage in a series of moves that will accelerate the Convention's independence from the rest of Nihon. With much of its educated class already considerably insulted by many Nihoneses' attitude towards the island as well as its people, the local shrines, scholars and poets have already taken a generally critical stance, which begins to affect even the peasants' opinions of the other three main islands. For them, the question is paramount; are they the other three main islands or are they the three main islands? In a remarkable open letter, the Group of Four denounce what they describe as 'insurgent forces operating under the guise of the generosity of the passed Empress Uchiha', making the conflict official. It's no holds barred, now.
 * Never Quietly, Never Willingly - Autumn 1471: Fed up with Kangeishima yet again stiffing another Convention, Mori Kyoko's advisor (and now, effectively, given her bedriddenness, the actual Speaker of the National Convention) Takeda Ran derisively refers to the Dochaku as 'Dekuchaku' and refers to Kangeishima as 'that wayward island' in an incredibly critical speech in front of the National Convention. This incenses relations even further, with many Dochaku organising efforts to prevent the intrusion of Nihonese into their cities - including many Yamatai Kangeishimans. These divisions eventually lead to the Taipei Riots, where a small group of pro-Kyoto agitators began to set fire to the homes of Dochaku, sparking what effectively would be ethnic riots that burned down a quarter of the entire city within days; severely harming faith in the power of Kyoto and the local Convention itself. Independence becomes an actual possibility for many people for the first time.
 * This is our Homeland - Summer 1472: As Emperor Uchiha Ryu is coronated onto the Chrysanthemum Throne, the Group of Four sends an ultimatum to Kyoto: Greatly increased autonomy for Kangeishima, equivalent to that of the Autonomous Regions, or else the island will simply secede. Its government also pulls support for the Imperial Navy, forcing out many Hayai-fune and ending the production of two Kawataro-fune. Kyoto, thrown into a panic in the beginning of a new leader's tenure, is unable to come up with anything to respond, while many in Kangeishima see this lack of response as either a signal of Nihon's weakness or indifference - further incensing tensions. Kangeishima itself takes back a name that few have used for centuries - Xia - and the Group of Four rechristen the island: Kanxia.
 * The End of a Legacy [3] [FINAL]:
 * An Empress' End - 1470: A grand funeral is held. The body of the old Empress is gingerly and slowly carried through the streets of Kyoto to Uchiha's final resting place: her old farm off in the outskirts of Osaka. Thousands come out to watch - supporters, dissidents, hundreds of thousands of mourners for a remarkable person who is among the few to rival the woman that made this nation possible over two hundred years ago. Uchiha Tomoko is laid to rest in front of an audience of possibly twenty thousand peasants, merchants, and daimyo leaders alike. Her son cries for her, while her friend in twlilight years, Mori Kyoko, witnesses the grand procession pass by entirely silently, a secret smile for someone's passing to a better place. The Era is nearly over.
 * A Speaker's Last Words - Winter 1472: Mori Kyoko speaks her last ever words in front of the National Convention in Fukushima before quietly travelling back to Kyoto with a small convoy. While on her way passing through Edo, she suffers a fatal heart attack and is found lying dead inside her carriage with a mild smile on her face - something which shocks the attendant who finds her, who insists that it had to have be a preposterous murder. She, as well, is given a grand funeral - leaving but two people from that era still alive: Kanzaki Izuku, who is far away and may as well have been dead for years now; and Midoriya Kaitou. And he, doesn't seem far from the end either...
 * A New Era - Spring 1473: Midoriya's death is as quiet as it is momentous. With his passing, the Heian Era has been brought to a final close; removing much of the last vestiges of the clans' power and finally ending an illustrious era of Nihon's history. Whatever the world has in store for Nihon next, remains for her to discover...
 * National Convention:
 * Eleventh Meeting - Fukushima:
 * N-A
 * Notable People:
 * 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
 * Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha I'.
 * Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
 * Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
 * Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
 * Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
 * Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
 * Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War.
 * Kanzaki Izuku (1374 - ??): First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun.

Kingdom of Castille and Leon

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (King): Henry IV (1454 -)
 * Economy: The economy is tanking huge hits as the wars and conscription are causing money to not go so well.
 * Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Granada, Agousta
 * Capital: Madrid
 * Demographics
 * Population - 6,250,356
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 6% Arzham 1% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 245,000
 * Toledo - 221,000
 * Cordoba - 185,000
 * Burgos - 195,000
 * Leon-  275,00
 * La Coruna - 275,000
 * Oviedo - 157,000
 * Rural - 3,993,00
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 250,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 20,000
 * Garofe - 30,000
 * Malaga - 20,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Military - 470,000
 * Archers - 150,000
 * Longbow - 105,000
 * Crossbow - 95,000
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 30,000
 * Cavalry - 26,000
 * Heavy - 10,750
 * Light - 7,350
 * Super Light - 7,150
 * Standard Knights - 25,250
 * Pikemen - 183,500
 * Men at Arms - 42,250
 * Arquebusers - 57,000
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 225
 * Ballista - 205
 * Cannons - 305
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 150
 * Converted Merchant Ships - 100
 * Floating Fortresses - 300
 * Sea Falcons - 335
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Mauretanian Front - 50,000 troops are sent to feign a seige on Granada, whilst the strike force of 220,000 will smash left on Sevilla and then Gades if succeeding. Another 100,000 will go from Murcia down the coast and attack Garofe and Malaga. The remaining 100,000 will be kept to counteract any attacks.
 * Diplomacy -​​​​​​
 * Mauretania - Seeing that we have hurled you back from your advances, return to our old borders without any war for 50 years.
 * Events
 * The Last Mortal Battle - Religious fervor continues to be rallied as the enemy is thrown back in confusion. Some budgets are reset, though most are still on hold for the war. The land destroyed in the scorched-earth tactics is being reclaimed for agriculture.
 * Protect the Merchants (Part 13) - The shipyards now are not required as the land war is mosts critical.
 * Learning from our Allies (Part 13) - Arquebuses start losing favor as the Mauretanians just straight up charge the troops.
 * A very loud Bang (Part 12) - Nothing is spared, cannons are now being pulled straight into formations and onto the front lines.
 * Oh Look, an Island! (Part 11) - The people of the Islands find an unusual peace this time, as we are occupied with the war.
 * Securing the Island  - Control loosens a bit over the islands, but they are still run as usual.
 * Henry Ain't Doing Well - Just as the letter for peace was finished by Henry IV, he collapsed on his desk and was bought to the doctor, who estimated that he only had a few more weeks to live. This was at December 25, 1475. Succession is being prepared for his children.

Lepai/Indetah

 * Government: Agallate
 * Aghá'łíí: ’Isdzání Góyą́ (1450-1472), Taklishim (1472-)
 * Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy.
 * Capital: Tsétáłkáá
 * Demographics:
 * Population Density: 0.25/km2
 * Population: 85,000
 * Tota' Haal'a: 300
 * Ni Alnii’gi: 200
 * Tsétáłkáá: 1,800
 * Oraibi: 1300
 * Dziłghą́’í: 2,500
 * Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné.
 * Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
 * Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
 * Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai.
 * Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples.
 * Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
 * Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
 * Puebloan Religion:
 * Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
 * General Pahanaism: General Pahanaism has much of the beliefs of Orthodox Pahanaism, but instead there are 2 Pahanas. The False Pahana shall arrive from the west, while the true Pahana shall arrive from the west. The False Pahana shall pretend to be the True Pahana, but one must not listen to his words, for if he is accepted, he shall plunge humanity into sin. The False Pahana is depicted as Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl.
 * Orthodox Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
 * Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
 * Lepai Religion:
 * Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry.
 * Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north.
 * Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé.
 * Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
 * Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,500 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Lepai/Kemahanan Civil War:
 * Fall of Oraibi: 4,000 warriors are to surround Oraibi, and are to advance and capture the ruins of Tota’ Haal’a. After that, they shall surround Oraibi and siege it. With a large garrison, the Zuni will have major issues concerning food supply. In 1472, the ruler of the Zuni, Sowa Wattsida, commits suicide.
 * Events:
 * Reconciliation of Faiths: During this time, the Anti-Pahanaists and True Pahanaists merge into general Pahanaists. How might’ve this reconciliation occurred? A famed priest concluded that there are 2 Pahana which shall arrive, one of which is the True Pahana, coming from the east, and another is the False Pahana, coming from the west. (See religion section for more)
 * An End to the Civil War: With Oraibi falling in 1472, the Inde Agallate assumes control over all Lepai lands. The nation is renamed to Indetah, meaning “Land of the Inde”.
 * Death of a Ruler: ‘Isdzání Góyą́ dies in 1473. Her son, Taklishim, takes the throne.
 * Southeastern Expedition: Taklishim hears news of a powerful city state in Piman lands. He sends 2,500 men to investigate the area.Lepai 1475-0.png
 * Nation of Abáádan: In the desert, a group of cultists begin to congregate. These cultists are deemed Wechuge, but due to stories about their powers, many are unwilling to attack them, for fear of their lives. The group may have formed earlier, but they only become noticeable in the 1470s, as they begin raiding Kinhoodzo across the nation to support their closed off society.

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Langa
 * Prince (1st twin): Funga
 * Prince (2nd twin): Amanga
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 125 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 10 800
 * Le'u: ca 1 700
 * Rural regions: ca 112 500
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
 * Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Military: 1% 1 160 250
 * 8 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 429 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 369 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 358 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 86 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Navy:
 * 313 fishing boat
 * 100 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
 * 48 exploration ships.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Events:
 * Fiji island: Trade is established between Fiji and nearby islands including Tongan mainland, and help is sent in case they have problems, in order to make them more accepting of us.
 * Succesion crisis part 1: The king is growing old and is planning on having one of the twins as his succesor. When they turn 16 they will both set out on a journey within the nation and try to get as many "votes" as they can. Them becoming the king will rely on how many votes they get. The twin that loses will get the title of Duke.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
 * Head of the Government
 * Leader of the Council Count Carl von Rich (B 1405 - still alive), (R 1462 - 1472)
 * Interim Leader of the Council Julius Locher (B 1400 - still alive), (R 1472 20th July - 1472 24th July)
 * Leader of the Council Count Hanz von Appelstroopf (B 1423 - still alive), (R 1472 - present)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Religious Head:  Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - still alive), (R 1459 - present)
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 16,270
 * Konr: Population: 8,950
 * Rich: Population: 11,090
 * Polanum: Population: 12,390
 * Bozn: Population: 14,220
 * Trieste: 13,040
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 1,188,820
 * Total population: 1,244,440
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 95% Westrian, 4% Venetian, 1% others
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Chief Commander: Heinrich von Stroof (B 1433 - still alive), (R 1465 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Spearmen: 4,100
 * Swordmen: 2,620
 * Bowmen: 2,410
 * Cavalry: 2,430
 * Crossbowmen: 1,440
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 12
 * Cog: 12
 * Hoy: 1
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 3
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 55
 * Arquebus: 4
 * Events:
 * Castle construction: Joseph Schenck continues working to upgrade our large castle and modernize it for the area. The royal court have hired a lot of Italians to help him in his work knowing that the renissance comes orignally from Italy.
 * Plotting: As everything seems peaceful on the outside inside certain commanders and Styrian nobles feel neglected by the council. Styrians thinks the ones in council are only benefitting themselves and those traders from Trieste. Meanwhile many commanders get jealous or believe that the council gives advantages to higer nobility commanders compared to lower nobility and commoner commanders. They want it to be more meritocratic. There now is widespread co-operation between these two both wanting one thing replace the council with a new better one.
 * Carl's resignation: On 20th July 1472 Carl resigned from the council deciding to retire from his post he was succeded first by Archbishop Julius Locher and 4 days later Hanz was chosen as his successor.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Diarchy Principality of Munich: We accept on one condition that you withdraw your ultimatum from Regensburg they got our support since you got no claim on their territory.

Valcanor

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
 * King: Henry IV (Ruling since 1454)
 * Queen: Lela, B 1415- (Ruling since 1454)
 * Others:
 * Princess Selina, B 1411- (In Westria as Queen)
 * Prince Lazaro, B 1415- (Undercover in Sicily)
 * Prince Benito, B 1470- (Hidden in Laszlofold)
 * Prince Fidel, B 1471 (Heir to the Valcan throne)
 * Notable Past Royalty:
 * Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
 * Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Ruled 1449 to 1454, stepped down)
 * Economy: The war has given people jobs building and in the military, and as it begins to turn to our favor more people sign up to join in on the (hopeful) success. Shipbuilding is big in Perrogo and Barcelona.
 * Capital: Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~5,012,805
 * Valencia, Shining capital city: 94,360
 * Barcelona, Center of economy and industry: 91,450
 * Perrogo, Home of the Valcan Navy: 83,220
 * Tarragona, Keystone of culture: 67,300
 * Andorra, The Valcan frontier: 65,920
 * Murcia, Agricultural powerhouse: ~29,000
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~4,590,555
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * 92.45% Spanish (Valencian descent)
 * 4.3% Spanish (other descent)
 * ~1% North African
 * .75% French
 * 0.9% Other
 * Religion:
 * 96.25% Roman Catholic
 * 2.75% Arzham
 * ~1% Other
 * Military: 75,190 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 11,050 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
 * 11,352 Spearmen
 * 11,346 Cavalrymen
 * 3,650 Knights and Royal Guards
 * 8,250 Heavy Infantry
 * 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
 * 9,000 Standard Bowmen
 * 9,652 Longbowmen
 * 10,000 Crossbowmen
 * 550 Cannon-men
 * 200 Arquebusiers
 * 890 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
 * 375,950 Reserve Troops
 * 350,000 active
 * 140,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
 * 120,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
 * 90,000 Cavalrymen
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 60 Battering Rams
 * 70 Catapults
 * +65 Trebuchets
 * 3 Siege Towers
 * 100+ Large Cannons
 * 175+ Small Cannons
 * 250 Arquebuses
 * Navy:
 * 100+ Transports
 * 79 Cargo Ships
 * 8 Large Transports
 * 105+ Merchant Ships
 * 20 Sea Riders
 * 16 Naval Kings
 * 12 Salvaged Scourges

Events:
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Re-Re-Reconquista: We push south with everything we’ve got, surrounding them at Murcia, and we manage to get messages through to the citizens to take up arms against the Mauretanians to free themselves.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Tlemcen: In honor of our historic alliance, would you be interested in invading Mauretania? You can keep Orrato, Kalapolis, and whatever else you can take if we win.
 * Rebel Prince, Part 4: Lazaro, now under the fake name Luciano, as a general in Sicily’s army, has officially cut himself off from Valcanor and his old life. With his most loyal troops, as well as some Sicilian soldiers, he goes out on his own and launches an invasion of Melita. His powerful navy surrounds the islands from both sides, bombarding the major cities with cannon fire.
 * The Abandoned Hero, Part 4: Hanzila successfully pushes the Mauretanians away from Valencia, earning military honors and fixing up the reputation he lost at his failure at Constantinople. He continues to chase the now-retreating invaders south to Murcia, where he plans to make another large offensive. Once the war is finished, he plans to meet with his brother Chus Baquier Suazo in Albion to help him defend his family.
 * Secret Son, Part 1: Queen Lela of Valcanor and Castile, at the ripe young age of 55, has a child named Benito  Mussolini . He is born with a disfigured nose and lopsided eyes, and Lela hides him as she doesn’t want the king to kill him. She sends him off to a close friend in Laszlofold to train him in the arts of war and politics while keeping him hidden from the king. A year later, another (normal) son is born, named Fidel  Castro . She reveals him to the king and the public as the heir of Hispania.
 * Valcania, Rule the Waves, Part 1: The Valcan navy, commanded by Leandro Collizan, surges forwards as the tide (ha, ha) of war turns and attacks the Mauretanian troops at Garofe and Orrato. A larger portion of the military budget is put towards the navy.

Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana

 * Government: Authoritarian military dictatorship
 * Supreme Leader: 
 * Wokoto Saashiil (1448/1457-)
 * Weroance (historical):
 * Moskatachaw (1384-1421; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Sikankanna (1421-1448; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Thosoye (1448-1457*; Pocahontid Dynasty)
 * Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
 * Capital: Tanacoma
 * Summer Capital: Dilyacoma
 * Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
 * Population: 69,250
 * Tanacoma: 9,000
 * Pocahontocoma: 2,400
 * Utemaca: 2,000
 * Nisinima: 1,900
 * Kanatsasipi: 3,000
 * Iyi Sipi: 1,500
 * Dilyacoma: 2,000
 * Wakiigi: 200
 * Other settled towns and villages: 24,625
 * Nomadic population: 22,625
 * Religion: 50.7% Pocahontist (35,125 ppl), 49.3% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 34,125 ppl)
 * Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
 * Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
 * Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types.
 * Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague.
 * Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
 * Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
 * Ethnicity: 34.9% Wisawen (24,140 ppl), 63.4% Miskawen (43,890 ppl), 1.7% Dinawen (1,220 ppl)
 * Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
 * Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
 * Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). There are a minuscule handful of Askakwen in Kemahana (probably not more than three dozen), mostly being Huastec or Nahua traders from the city of Tamtoc. The few Askakwen in Kemahana are facing increased discrimination due to the rising influence of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, which teaches that the Askawen (as with other "fringe peoples") are evil-serving demons.
 * Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
 * Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
 * Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
 * Kemahanan Military:
 * Loyalist-aligned:
 * Infantry: 1100 (800 reserves)
 * Archers: 800 (700 reserves)
 * Cavalry: 1500 (600 reserves)
 * Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form f secret police under Wokoto's rule.
 * The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Kemahanan Civil War: The Kemahanan Civil War (1448-1471) was an internal conflict in Kemahana sparked by tensions between the nobility and the merchant classes of Kemahana, as well as a personal vendetta between the two main leaders of each side; Wokoto Saashiil and Hisinami Atigishaa. Fighting began in July of 1448, after Hisinami Atigishaa and his merchant guild attempted to break off the southern portions of Kemahana into a separate state (known as the Askokwin Republic) in order to protect the rights of the merchant guilds under Wokoto's Regency. The Kemahanan Civil War ended with a Loyalist victory, securing Wokoto's rule over the Kemahanan nation.
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Last Stand: The Askokwins knew they were doomed, but they had to try anyways. Gathering what was left of their spent forces, they waited at Wakiigi, their last stronghold, gearing up for Loyalist attack. Although, in the end, the Askokwins never stood a chance, they held ferociously, giving the Loyalists much more of a beating than they expected.
 * The Exodus of the Snakes: WIth the Askokwins defeated, Hisinami Atigishaa and a few of his cronies would make their way south to the Aztec Empire, where they would remain in hiding for the rest of their lives.
 * The Great Awakening: The already meteoric rise of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel intensifies, with Fifth Wheelists engaging in active proselytization of nonbelievers unlike other sects. With many questioning their society and their world after the senseless carnage of the Kemahanan Civil War, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel offered a scapegoat in the form of the Mesoamericans, an easy way for the people to vent their anger and frustrations.
 * The Cult in the Court: The majority of the remainder of the old Kemahanan Royal Court have now been heavily influenced or outright converted by the Cult of the Fifth Wheel. Not only is the Cult becoming a massive social movement, it also stands to hold significant political clout...
 * And We Must Win The Peace: The war is over. We must now win the peace. CIties and towns across the country have bee ruined. Thousands are dead and thousands more have been displaced. In certain areas of the country, the stench of death permeates even the sweet mountain air. But we shall rebuild and return to our former glory. Our towns and cities will be restored brick by brick, and with the guidance of Supreme Leader Wokoto, we will emerge stronger than ever.

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Aqeel Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: Chaos, what is administration when everyone is fighting
 * Population: 6,791,064
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * The Nabateans: While the Arzhamites are talked about a lot, the Nabateans, a minority in the north-west of the country. The Nabateans originate further north, around Petra. However, the Gerrhan nation gave the Nabateans territory in the further to the South of their homeland, where they could escape persecution. The borders have drastically shifted from then, but the Nabateans have maintained a considerable presence in Arabia, where they have been left relatively untouched. The Arzhamite threat has become a major concern to the Nabateans as well who fear a genocide like the one in Ha'il targetting them too. A Nabatean delegation travelled to Eridu, the command centre of the Arzhamites, expressing a desire to co-ordinate efforts with them to stop the zealots. Thus an uprising in the northwest, spearheaded by the Nabateans and joined by other smaller groups, assimilated a considerable amount of land, and were unchallenged. Immideatly, the Arzhamite faction issued a decleration welcoming the Nabateans to their "Alliance of Cultures and Religions, seeking Freedom, through war if necessary". From now on, the Arzhamite Faction is to be known as the Minority Faction, though it is overwhelmingly Arzhamite.
 * The Age of Mass Offensives: After the long stalemate where little land was taken or lost, the Zoroastrians and Vizierites suddenly attacked towards Jubail. The Imperial units had dispersed and were defending against raids, which were common at this time. The unexpected thrust towards Jubail was met with little resistance. As such, Jubail was taken. The Imperial troops, in panic, attempted to mass up near the border to retake the city. This move left the border with the Al-Khor Peninsula undefended. The reformists, ever the opportunists, moved in to claim the entire peninsula. The Imperials could only give them a "stern warning" which really meant nothing to the reformists. Unlike the first warning, the Imperials do not have the troops to deal with them. The Imperial troops halted the bleeding in the Jubail front, and attempted to cut the enemy off. Once again, the reformists, taking the initiative, surprise attacked the Vizierites from the sea, landing while their troops were busy holding up the Imperials, and taking a good bite out of their territory. This was an attempt to hold a greater strategic position, to achieve a better deal from the King. This was a common move afterwards, with large offensives towards Muscat, Ibri, Ha'il, Duqm, by the different parties, all met with their own counteroffensives to varying degrees of success.
 * The Encirclement of Duqm: Being the most important city under the Zoroastrians, Duqm had long been a target. Duqm was the entry point for many resources sent from the Avestans, tipping the balance in many battles. As such, for long, Duqm was a candidate to be captured. The Third Sipah, running wild in the deserts after success against the forces holding them up, led an offensive squeezing the corridor of Zoroastrian Control. On the other end, the Muscat Task Force exerted control over the other end, fully encircling Duqm. The navy, back in force, had ran many raids and attacks in this time too, distracting valuable troops from the encirclement. As such, the Zoroastrians lost a major supply point for their resources. Some were still being funneled to them, but their sword had now become blunted. This can be the reason their offensive towards Ibri, an attempt at threatening Muscat and forcing the Imperials to pull away from Duqm, failed.
 * The Massacre of Rafha: Rafha finally fell. It was inevitable, a surrounded city being pounded by cannons, in the middle of a desert, could only last so long. The massacre that ensued released wails of despair throughout the Arzhamite Camp. The city was surrounded by enemy troops. Rafha had walls, an uncommon site for many cities in the deserts of the Empire. The cannons fired until no brick remained of the wall. The defenders had been relegated to street fights with broken swords and slings. The cannons stopped, an uncommon calm descended upon the city. A few had thought that allied troops had arrived to relieve them, perhaps the enemy was engaging them rather than the city. It was a desperate attempt of sticking to a false hope, convincing themselves of miracles that they knew were not coming in time. Alas, it became all too clear within a minute. Horns bellowed, echoing through the city. A clatter of hooves rose, a blanket of sand rising from every direction. The once fortified city was charged. The defenders and citizens attempted a defence with hoes and broken blades. There was little point in this. Steamrolling through the defences and flooding in, the men cut down child and adult alike. Perhaps staying in the houses, on the roofs could stop the horses. Such an advice seemed logical, horses are not known for their climbing. While horses can't fly, arrows can. The people on the roofs, exposed, were picked off, rained upon, hailed, removed by the arrows. The arrows did not discriminate. The wails of the dead claimed the air hostage, hitching a ride and travelling through the deserts. As the action died down, the infantry cleared the city, beheading every creature in the area, alive or dead. Perhaps the most gruesome sight, the city was populated by the decapitated heads upon spikes. Each roof, each street, each room, the dead eyes of sacrifices in the name of the god of death followed you. The bodies can been piled up in horrifying shape, trodden on by horses, shot at with arrows, partially burnt, partially exploded, ending up in gruesome shape.
 * Military:
 * Imperial:
 * Personnel: 50,625
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Spearmen: 2,500
 * Bowmen: 2,500
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Overall: 14,000 Troops
 * 2nd Sipah:
 * Swordsmen: 4,000
 * Spearmen: 2,500
 * Bowmen: 2,500
 * Fire Lancers: 393
 * Crossbowmen: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Overall: 15,001 Troops
 * 3rd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 8,110 Troops
 * Muscat Task Force:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 80
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Zoroastrian/Avestan:
 * Personnel: 54,620
 * Army of Atash (Fire):
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 11,060 Troops
 * Army of Aban (Water):
 * Swordsmen: 3,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 11,060 Troops
 * Sha'abi Army (People's Army):
 * Militias, armed with swords: 10,000
 * Militias, armed with Bows: 8,000
 * Militias, armed with Spears: 4,000
 * Militias, on horse, with swords: 4,000
 * Swordsmen: 1,000
 * Bowmen: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 28,500 Troops
 * Avestan Fleet (All ships pledged to the Vizierites are also part of this fleet since the Vizierites don't have a port):
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaq: 70
 * Light Transport: 80
 * Minority Front:
 * Personnel: 20,120
 * Eridu Militias:
 * Militias, armed with swords: 5,500
 * Militias, armed with spears: 1,500
 * Militias, armed with bows: 3,000
 * Swordsmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 2,000
 * Cannons: 20
 * Overall: 14,060 Troops
 * Nabatean Militias:
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Militas, armed with swords: 1,000
 * Militias, armed with bows: 1,000
 * 0verall: 6,000 Troops
 * Elamite Fleet: 
 * Light Transport Ships: 10
 * Harbis: 2
 * Vizierites: 
 * Personnel: 38,500
 * Liberation Army:
 * Swordsmen: 8,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 100
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 50
 * Overall: 19,250 Troops
 * Army of Adnan:
 * Swordsmen: 8,000
 * Spearmen: 4,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 100
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 50
 * Overall: 19,250 Troops
 * Reformists:
 * Personnel: 9,000
 * Al-Khor Militias:
 * Militias, with swords: 3,000
 * Militias, with bows: 2,000
 * Swordsmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 1,000
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Overall: 9,000 Troops
 * Military Operations and Domestic Affairs:
 * Civil War:Civil War, round 3.png
 * Current Situation: The biggest concern at the moment is the loss of troops. The Zoroastrians are having difficulty recovering their losses. As such, they are being reduced slowly, but surely. This, along with the loss of supply, makes the situation unsustainable for the Zoroastrians. The Arzhamites losing Rafha meant the Rafhan Militia had been decimated. The Nabateans have filled in that hole, but are not as numerous as the Rafhan Militias.
 * Economy:
 * Imperial: Muscat remains in our hands and as such our main source of income remains healthily in our hands. The offensive towards Ibri has become concerning, however, as it comes very close to Muscat. We'll have to take extra care on that front.
 * Vizierites and Zoroastrians: Duqm has become surrounded by the enemy. We can funnel some resources through neighbours but only so much. We need Duqm back as soon as possible. We are being pressured on every front at the moment, so it would be very difficult to gather enough troops for an actual offensive, especially since our last attacks on that region collapsed.
 * Arzhamites: Rafha has fallen. This doesn't directly affect our economy. However, the tales of the failure has increased friendly donations. We are in a much better situation economically
 * Reformists: We took a gamble, and frankly, it went well. Our economic situation looks much better too, as we are now seen as a semi-legitimate side in this conflict, rather than some anarchists.
 * New Research:
 * Easier Fire Lances: Research Halted
 * Cannons: Research Halted
 * Diplomacy:
 * Nothing